Avoid MWException and wf* log methods in DatabaseBase
[lhc/web/wiklou.git] / includes / DefaultSettings.php
1 <?php
2 /**
3 * Default values for MediaWiki configuration settings.
4 *
5 *
6 * NEVER EDIT THIS FILE
7 *
8 *
9 * To customize your installation, edit "LocalSettings.php". If you make
10 * changes here, they will be lost on next upgrade of MediaWiki!
11 *
12 * In this file, variables whose default values depend on other
13 * variables are set to false. The actual default value of these variables
14 * will only be set in Setup.php, taking into account any custom settings
15 * performed in LocalSettings.php.
16 *
17 * Documentation is in the source and on:
18 * https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Configuration_settings
19 *
20 * @warning Note: this (and other things) will break if the autoloader is not
21 * enabled. Please include includes/AutoLoader.php before including this file.
22 *
23 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
24 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
25 * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
26 * (at your option) any later version.
27 *
28 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
29 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
30 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
31 * GNU General Public License for more details.
32 *
33 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
34 * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
35 * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
36 * http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html
37 *
38 * @file
39 */
40
41 /**
42 * @defgroup Globalsettings Global settings
43 */
44
45 /**
46 * @cond file_level_code
47 * This is not a valid entry point, perform no further processing unless
48 * MEDIAWIKI is defined
49 */
50 if ( !defined( 'MEDIAWIKI' ) ) {
51 echo "This file is part of MediaWiki and is not a valid entry point\n";
52 die( 1 );
53 }
54
55 /** @endcond */
56
57 /**
58 * wgConf hold the site configuration.
59 * Not used for much in a default install.
60 * @since 1.5
61 */
62 $wgConf = new SiteConfiguration;
63
64 /**
65 * Registry of factory functions to create config objects:
66 * The 'main' key must be set, and the value should be a valid
67 * callable.
68 * @since 1.23
69 */
70 $wgConfigRegistry = [
71 'main' => 'GlobalVarConfig::newInstance'
72 ];
73
74 /**
75 * MediaWiki version number
76 * @since 1.2
77 */
78 $wgVersion = '1.28.0-alpha';
79
80 /**
81 * Name of the site. It must be changed in LocalSettings.php
82 */
83 $wgSitename = 'MediaWiki';
84
85 /**
86 * When the wiki is running behind a proxy and this is set to true, assumes that the proxy exposes
87 * the wiki on the standard ports (443 for https and 80 for http).
88 * @var bool
89 * @since 1.26
90 */
91 $wgAssumeProxiesUseDefaultProtocolPorts = true;
92
93 /**
94 * URL of the server.
95 *
96 * @par Example:
97 * @code
98 * $wgServer = 'http://example.com';
99 * @endcode
100 *
101 * This is usually detected correctly by MediaWiki. If MediaWiki detects the
102 * wrong server, it will redirect incorrectly after you save a page. In that
103 * case, set this variable to fix it.
104 *
105 * If you want to use protocol-relative URLs on your wiki, set this to a
106 * protocol-relative URL like '//example.com' and set $wgCanonicalServer
107 * to a fully qualified URL.
108 */
109 $wgServer = WebRequest::detectServer();
110
111 /**
112 * Canonical URL of the server, to use in IRC feeds and notification e-mails.
113 * Must be fully qualified, even if $wgServer is protocol-relative.
114 *
115 * Defaults to $wgServer, expanded to a fully qualified http:// URL if needed.
116 * @since 1.18
117 */
118 $wgCanonicalServer = false;
119
120 /**
121 * Server name. This is automatically computed by parsing the bare
122 * hostname out of $wgCanonicalServer. It should not be customized.
123 * @since 1.24
124 */
125 $wgServerName = false;
126
127 /************************************************************************//**
128 * @name Script path settings
129 * @{
130 */
131
132 /**
133 * The path we should point to.
134 * It might be a virtual path in case with use apache mod_rewrite for example.
135 *
136 * This *needs* to be set correctly.
137 *
138 * Other paths will be set to defaults based on it unless they are directly
139 * set in LocalSettings.php
140 */
141 $wgScriptPath = '/wiki';
142
143 /**
144 * Whether to support URLs like index.php/Page_title These often break when PHP
145 * is set up in CGI mode. PATH_INFO *may* be correct if cgi.fix_pathinfo is set,
146 * but then again it may not; lighttpd converts incoming path data to lowercase
147 * on systems with case-insensitive filesystems, and there have been reports of
148 * problems on Apache as well.
149 *
150 * To be safe we'll continue to keep it off by default.
151 *
152 * Override this to false if $_SERVER['PATH_INFO'] contains unexpectedly
153 * incorrect garbage, or to true if it is really correct.
154 *
155 * The default $wgArticlePath will be set based on this value at runtime, but if
156 * you have customized it, having this incorrectly set to true can cause
157 * redirect loops when "pretty URLs" are used.
158 * @since 1.2.1
159 */
160 $wgUsePathInfo = ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'cgi' ) === false ) &&
161 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'apache2filter' ) === false ) &&
162 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'isapi' ) === false );
163
164 /**
165 * The extension to append to script names by default.
166 *
167 * Some hosting providers used PHP 4 for *.php files, and PHP 5 for *.php5.
168 * This variable was provided to support those providers.
169 *
170 * @since 1.11
171 * @deprecated since 1.25; support for '.php5' has been phased out of MediaWiki
172 * proper. Backward-compatibility can be maintained by configuring your web
173 * server to rewrite URLs. See RELEASE-NOTES for details.
174 */
175 $wgScriptExtension = '.php';
176
177 /**@}*/
178
179 /************************************************************************//**
180 * @name URLs and file paths
181 *
182 * These various web and file path variables are set to their defaults
183 * in Setup.php if they are not explicitly set from LocalSettings.php.
184 *
185 * These will relatively rarely need to be set manually, unless you are
186 * splitting style sheets or images outside the main document root.
187 *
188 * In this section, a "path" is usually a host-relative URL, i.e. a URL without
189 * the host part, that starts with a slash. In most cases a full URL is also
190 * acceptable. A "directory" is a local file path.
191 *
192 * In both paths and directories, trailing slashes should not be included.
193 *
194 * @{
195 */
196
197 /**
198 * The URL path to index.php.
199 *
200 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/index.php".
201 */
202 $wgScript = false;
203
204 /**
205 * The URL path to load.php.
206 *
207 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/load.php".
208 * @since 1.17
209 */
210 $wgLoadScript = false;
211
212 /**
213 * The URL path of the skins directory.
214 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/skins".
215 * @since 1.3
216 */
217 $wgStylePath = false;
218 $wgStyleSheetPath = &$wgStylePath;
219
220 /**
221 * The URL path of the skins directory. Should not point to an external domain.
222 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/skins".
223 * @since 1.17
224 */
225 $wgLocalStylePath = false;
226
227 /**
228 * The URL path of the extensions directory.
229 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/extensions".
230 * @since 1.16
231 */
232 $wgExtensionAssetsPath = false;
233
234 /**
235 * Filesystem extensions directory.
236 * Defaults to "{$IP}/extensions".
237 * @since 1.25
238 */
239 $wgExtensionDirectory = "{$IP}/extensions";
240
241 /**
242 * Filesystem stylesheets directory.
243 * Defaults to "{$IP}/skins".
244 * @since 1.3
245 */
246 $wgStyleDirectory = "{$IP}/skins";
247
248 /**
249 * The URL path for primary article page views. This path should contain $1,
250 * which is replaced by the article title.
251 *
252 * Defaults to "{$wgScript}/$1" or "{$wgScript}?title=$1",
253 * depending on $wgUsePathInfo.
254 */
255 $wgArticlePath = false;
256
257 /**
258 * The URL path for the images directory.
259 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/images".
260 */
261 $wgUploadPath = false;
262
263 /**
264 * The filesystem path of the images directory. Defaults to "{$IP}/images".
265 */
266 $wgUploadDirectory = false;
267
268 /**
269 * Directory where the cached page will be saved.
270 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/cache".
271 */
272 $wgFileCacheDirectory = false;
273
274 /**
275 * The URL path of the wiki logo. The logo size should be 135x135 pixels.
276 * Defaults to "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/wiki.png".
277 */
278 $wgLogo = false;
279
280 /**
281 * Array with URL paths to HD versions of the wiki logo. The scaled logo size
282 * should be under 135x155 pixels.
283 * Only 1.5x and 2x versions are supported.
284 *
285 * @par Example:
286 * @code
287 * $wgLogoHD = [
288 * "1.5x" => "path/to/1.5x_version.png",
289 * "2x" => "path/to/2x_version.png"
290 * ];
291 * @endcode
292 *
293 * @since 1.25
294 */
295 $wgLogoHD = false;
296
297 /**
298 * The URL path of the shortcut icon.
299 * @since 1.6
300 */
301 $wgFavicon = '/favicon.ico';
302
303 /**
304 * The URL path of the icon for iPhone and iPod Touch web app bookmarks.
305 * Defaults to no icon.
306 * @since 1.12
307 */
308 $wgAppleTouchIcon = false;
309
310 /**
311 * Value for the referrer policy meta tag.
312 * One of 'never', 'default', 'origin', 'always'. Setting it to false just
313 * prevents the meta tag from being output.
314 * See http://www.w3.org/TR/referrer-policy/ for details.
315 *
316 * @since 1.25
317 */
318 $wgReferrerPolicy = false;
319
320 /**
321 * The local filesystem path to a temporary directory. This is not required to
322 * be web accessible.
323 *
324 * When this setting is set to false, its value will be set through a call
325 * to wfTempDir(). See that methods implementation for the actual detection
326 * logic.
327 *
328 * Developers should use the global function wfTempDir() instead of this
329 * variable.
330 *
331 * @see wfTempDir()
332 * @note Default changed to false in MediaWiki 1.20.
333 */
334 $wgTmpDirectory = false;
335
336 /**
337 * If set, this URL is added to the start of $wgUploadPath to form a complete
338 * upload URL.
339 * @since 1.4
340 */
341 $wgUploadBaseUrl = '';
342
343 /**
344 * To enable remote on-demand scaling, set this to the thumbnail base URL.
345 * Full thumbnail URL will be like $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl/e/e6/Foo.jpg/123px-Foo.jpg
346 * where 'e6' are the first two characters of the MD5 hash of the file name.
347 * If $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl is set to false, thumbs are rendered locally as needed.
348 * @since 1.17
349 */
350 $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl = false;
351
352 /**
353 * To set 'pretty' URL paths for actions other than
354 * plain page views, add to this array.
355 *
356 * @par Example:
357 * Set pretty URL for the edit action:
358 * @code
359 * 'edit' => "$wgScriptPath/edit/$1"
360 * @endcode
361 *
362 * There must be an appropriate script or rewrite rule in place to handle these
363 * URLs.
364 * @since 1.5
365 */
366 $wgActionPaths = [];
367
368 /**@}*/
369
370 /************************************************************************//**
371 * @name Files and file uploads
372 * @{
373 */
374
375 /**
376 * Uploads have to be specially set up to be secure
377 */
378 $wgEnableUploads = false;
379
380 /**
381 * The maximum age of temporary (incomplete) uploaded files
382 */
383 $wgUploadStashMaxAge = 6 * 3600; // 6 hours
384
385 /**
386 * Allows to move images and other media files
387 */
388 $wgAllowImageMoving = true;
389
390 /**
391 * Enable deferred upload tasks that use the job queue.
392 * Only enable this if job runners are set up for both the
393 * 'AssembleUploadChunks' and 'PublishStashedFile' job types.
394 *
395 * @note If you use suhosin, this setting is incompatible with
396 * suhosin.session.encrypt.
397 */
398 $wgEnableAsyncUploads = false;
399
400 /**
401 * Additional characters that are not allowed in filenames. They are replaced with '-' when
402 * uploading. Like $wgLegalTitleChars, this is a regexp character class.
403 *
404 * Slashes and backslashes are disallowed regardless of this setting, but included here for
405 * completeness.
406 */
407 $wgIllegalFileChars = ":\\/\\\\";
408
409 /**
410 * What directory to place deleted uploads in.
411 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/deleted".
412 */
413 $wgDeletedDirectory = false;
414
415 /**
416 * Set this to true if you use img_auth and want the user to see details on why access failed.
417 */
418 $wgImgAuthDetails = false;
419
420 /**
421 * Map of relative URL directories to match to internal mwstore:// base storage paths.
422 * For img_auth.php requests, everything after "img_auth.php/" is checked to see
423 * if starts with any of the prefixes defined here. The prefixes should not overlap.
424 * The prefix that matches has a corresponding storage path, which the rest of the URL
425 * is assumed to be relative to. The file at that path (or a 404) is send to the client.
426 *
427 * Example:
428 * $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap['/timeline/'] = 'mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/';
429 * The above maps ".../img_auth.php/timeline/X" to "mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/".
430 * The name "local-fs" should correspond by name to an entry in $wgFileBackends.
431 *
432 * @see $wgFileBackends
433 */
434 $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap = [];
435
436 /**
437 * File repository structures
438 *
439 * $wgLocalFileRepo is a single repository structure, and $wgForeignFileRepos is
440 * an array of such structures. Each repository structure is an associative
441 * array of properties configuring the repository.
442 *
443 * Properties required for all repos:
444 * - class The class name for the repository. May come from the core or an extension.
445 * The core repository classes are FileRepo, LocalRepo, ForeignDBRepo.
446 * FSRepo is also supported for backwards compatibility.
447 *
448 * - name A unique name for the repository (but $wgLocalFileRepo should be 'local').
449 * The name should consist of alpha-numeric characters.
450 * - backend A file backend name (see $wgFileBackends).
451 *
452 * For most core repos:
453 * - zones Associative array of zone names that each map to an array with:
454 * container : backend container name the zone is in
455 * directory : root path within container for the zone
456 * url : base URL to the root of the zone
457 * urlsByExt : map of file extension types to base URLs
458 * (useful for using a different cache for videos)
459 * Zones default to using "<repo name>-<zone name>" as the container name
460 * and default to using the container root as the zone's root directory.
461 * Nesting of zone locations within other zones should be avoided.
462 * - url Public zone URL. The 'zones' settings take precedence.
463 * - hashLevels The number of directory levels for hash-based division of files
464 * - thumbScriptUrl The URL for thumb.php (optional, not recommended)
465 * - transformVia404 Whether to skip media file transformation on parse and rely on a 404
466 * handler instead.
467 * - initialCapital Equivalent to $wgCapitalLinks (or $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[NS_FILE],
468 * determines whether filenames implicitly start with a capital letter.
469 * The current implementation may give incorrect description page links
470 * when the local $wgCapitalLinks and initialCapital are mismatched.
471 * - pathDisclosureProtection
472 * May be 'paranoid' to remove all parameters from error messages, 'none' to
473 * leave the paths in unchanged, or 'simple' to replace paths with
474 * placeholders. Default for LocalRepo is 'simple'.
475 * - fileMode This allows wikis to set the file mode when uploading/moving files. Default
476 * is 0644.
477 * - directory The local filesystem directory where public files are stored. Not used for
478 * some remote repos.
479 * - thumbDir The base thumbnail directory. Defaults to "<directory>/thumb".
480 * - thumbUrl The base thumbnail URL. Defaults to "<url>/thumb".
481 * - isPrivate Set this if measures should always be taken to keep the files private.
482 * One should not trust this to assure that the files are not web readable;
483 * the server configuration should be done manually depending on the backend.
484 *
485 * These settings describe a foreign MediaWiki installation. They are optional, and will be ignored
486 * for local repositories:
487 * - descBaseUrl URL of image description pages, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:
488 * - scriptDirUrl URL of the MediaWiki installation, equivalent to $wgScriptPath, e.g.
489 * https://en.wikipedia.org/w
490 * - scriptExtension Script extension of the MediaWiki installation, equivalent to
491 * $wgScriptExtension, e.g. ".php5". Defaults to ".php".
492 *
493 * - articleUrl Equivalent to $wgArticlePath, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/$1
494 * - fetchDescription Fetch the text of the remote file description page. Equivalent to
495 * $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions.
496 * - abbrvThreshold File names over this size will use the short form of thumbnail names.
497 * Short thumbnail names only have the width, parameters, and the extension.
498 *
499 * ForeignDBRepo:
500 * - dbType, dbServer, dbUser, dbPassword, dbName, dbFlags
501 * equivalent to the corresponding member of $wgDBservers
502 * - tablePrefix Table prefix, the foreign wiki's $wgDBprefix
503 * - hasSharedCache True if the wiki's shared cache is accessible via the local $wgMemc
504 *
505 * ForeignAPIRepo:
506 * - apibase Use for the foreign API's URL
507 * - apiThumbCacheExpiry How long to locally cache thumbs for
508 *
509 * If you leave $wgLocalFileRepo set to false, Setup will fill in appropriate values.
510 * Otherwise, set $wgLocalFileRepo to a repository structure as described above.
511 * If you set $wgUseInstantCommons to true, it will add an entry for Commons.
512 * If you set $wgForeignFileRepos to an array of repository structures, those will
513 * be searched after the local file repo.
514 * Otherwise, you will only have access to local media files.
515 *
516 * @see Setup.php for an example usage and default initialization.
517 */
518 $wgLocalFileRepo = false;
519
520 /**
521 * @see $wgLocalFileRepo
522 */
523 $wgForeignFileRepos = [];
524
525 /**
526 * Use Commons as a remote file repository. Essentially a wrapper, when this
527 * is enabled $wgForeignFileRepos will point at Commons with a set of default
528 * settings
529 */
530 $wgUseInstantCommons = false;
531
532 /**
533 * Array of foreign file repo names (set in $wgForeignFileRepos above) that
534 * are allowable upload targets. These wikis must have some method of
535 * authentication (i.e. CentralAuth), and be CORS-enabled for this wiki.
536 * The string 'local' signifies the default local file repository.
537 *
538 * Example:
539 * $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'shared' ];
540 */
541 $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'local' ];
542
543 /**
544 * Configuration for file uploads using the embeddable upload dialog
545 * (https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Upload_dialog).
546 *
547 * This applies also to foreign uploads to this wiki (the configuration is loaded by remote wikis
548 * using the action=query&meta=siteinfo API).
549 *
550 * See below for documentation of each property. None of the properties may be omitted.
551 */
552 $wgUploadDialog = [
553 // Fields to make available in the dialog. `true` means that this field is visible, `false` means
554 // that it is hidden. The "Name" field can't be hidden. Note that you also have to add the
555 // matching replacement to the 'filepage' format key below to make use of these.
556 'fields' => [
557 'description' => true,
558 'date' => false,
559 'categories' => false,
560 ],
561 // Suffix of localisation messages used to describe the license under which the uploaded file will
562 // be released. The same value may be set for both 'local' and 'foreign' uploads.
563 'licensemessages' => [
564 // The 'local' messages are used for local uploads on this wiki:
565 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-local
566 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-local
567 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-local
568 'local' => 'generic-local',
569 // The 'foreign' messages are used for cross-wiki uploads from other wikis to this wiki:
570 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-foreign
571 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-foreign
572 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-foreign
573 'foreign' => 'generic-foreign',
574 ],
575 // Upload comments to use for 'local' and 'foreign' uploads. This can also be set to a single
576 // string value, in which case it is used for both kinds of uploads. Available replacements:
577 // * $HOST - domain name from which a cross-wiki upload originates
578 // * $PAGENAME - wiki page name from which an upload originates
579 'comment' => [
580 'local' => '',
581 'foreign' => '',
582 ],
583 // Format of the file page wikitext to be generated from the fields input by the user.
584 'format' => [
585 // Wrapper for the whole page. Available replacements:
586 // * $DESCRIPTION - file description, as input by the user (only if the 'description' field is
587 // enabled), wrapped as defined below in the 'description' key
588 // * $DATE - file creation date, as input by the user (only if the 'date' field is enabled)
589 // * $SOURCE - as defined below in the 'ownwork' key, may be extended in the future
590 // * $AUTHOR - linked user name, may be extended in the future
591 // * $LICENSE - as defined below in the 'license' key, may be extended in the future
592 // * $CATEGORIES - file categories wikitext, as input by the user (only if the 'categories'
593 // field is enabled), or if no input, as defined below in the 'uncategorized' key
594 'filepage' => '$DESCRIPTION',
595 // Wrapped for file description. Available replacements:
596 // * $LANGUAGE - source wiki's content language
597 // * $TEXT - input by the user
598 'description' => '$TEXT',
599 'ownwork' => '',
600 'license' => '',
601 'uncategorized' => '',
602 ],
603 ];
604
605 /**
606 * File backend structure configuration.
607 *
608 * This is an array of file backend configuration arrays.
609 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
610 * - 'name' : A unique name for the backend
611 * - 'class' : The file backend class to use
612 * - 'wikiId' : A unique string that identifies the wiki (container prefix)
613 * - 'lockManager' : The name of a lock manager (see $wgLockManagers)
614 *
615 * See FileBackend::__construct() for more details.
616 * Additional parameters are specific to the file backend class used.
617 * These settings should be global to all wikis when possible.
618 *
619 * There are two particularly important aspects about each backend:
620 * - a) Whether it is fully qualified or wiki-relative.
621 * By default, the paths of files are relative to the current wiki,
622 * which works via prefixing them with the current wiki ID when accessed.
623 * Setting 'wikiId' forces the backend to be fully qualified by prefixing
624 * all paths with the specified value instead. This can be useful if
625 * multiple wikis need to share the same data. Note that 'name' is *not*
626 * part of any prefix and thus should not be relied upon for namespacing.
627 * - b) Whether it is only defined for some wikis or is defined on all
628 * wikis in the wiki farm. Defining a backend globally is useful
629 * if multiple wikis need to share the same data.
630 * One should be aware of these aspects when configuring a backend for use with
631 * any basic feature or plugin. For example, suppose an extension stores data for
632 * different wikis in different directories and sometimes needs to access data from
633 * a foreign wiki's directory in order to render a page on given wiki. The extension
634 * would need a fully qualified backend that is defined on all wikis in the wiki farm.
635 */
636 $wgFileBackends = [];
637
638 /**
639 * Array of configuration arrays for each lock manager.
640 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
641 * - 'name' : A unique name for the lock manager
642 * - 'class' : The lock manger class to use
643 *
644 * See LockManager::__construct() for more details.
645 * Additional parameters are specific to the lock manager class used.
646 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
647 */
648 $wgLockManagers = [];
649
650 /**
651 * Show Exif data, on by default if available.
652 * Requires PHP's Exif extension: http://www.php.net/manual/en/ref.exif.php
653 *
654 * @note FOR WINDOWS USERS:
655 * To enable Exif functions, add the following line to the "Windows
656 * extensions" section of php.ini:
657 * @code{.ini}
658 * extension=extensions/php_exif.dll
659 * @endcode
660 */
661 $wgShowEXIF = function_exists( 'exif_read_data' );
662
663 /**
664 * If to automatically update the img_metadata field
665 * if the metadata field is outdated but compatible with the current version.
666 * Defaults to false.
667 */
668 $wgUpdateCompatibleMetadata = false;
669
670 /**
671 * If you operate multiple wikis, you can define a shared upload path here.
672 * Uploads to this wiki will NOT be put there - they will be put into
673 * $wgUploadDirectory.
674 * If $wgUseSharedUploads is set, the wiki will look in the shared repository if
675 * no file of the given name is found in the local repository (for [[File:..]],
676 * [[Media:..]] links). Thumbnails will also be looked for and generated in this
677 * directory.
678 *
679 * Note that these configuration settings can now be defined on a per-
680 * repository basis for an arbitrary number of file repositories, using the
681 * $wgForeignFileRepos variable.
682 */
683 $wgUseSharedUploads = false;
684
685 /**
686 * Full path on the web server where shared uploads can be found
687 */
688 $wgSharedUploadPath = null;
689
690 /**
691 * Fetch commons image description pages and display them on the local wiki?
692 */
693 $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions = false;
694
695 /**
696 * Path on the file system where shared uploads can be found.
697 */
698 $wgSharedUploadDirectory = null;
699
700 /**
701 * DB name with metadata about shared directory.
702 * Set this to false if the uploads do not come from a wiki.
703 */
704 $wgSharedUploadDBname = false;
705
706 /**
707 * Optional table prefix used in database.
708 */
709 $wgSharedUploadDBprefix = '';
710
711 /**
712 * Cache shared metadata in memcached.
713 * Don't do this if the commons wiki is in a different memcached domain
714 */
715 $wgCacheSharedUploads = true;
716
717 /**
718 * Allow for upload to be copied from an URL.
719 * The timeout for copy uploads is set by $wgCopyUploadTimeout.
720 * You have to assign the user right 'upload_by_url' to a user group, to use this.
721 */
722 $wgAllowCopyUploads = false;
723
724 /**
725 * A list of domains copy uploads can come from
726 *
727 * @since 1.20
728 */
729 $wgCopyUploadsDomains = [];
730
731 /**
732 * Enable copy uploads from Special:Upload. $wgAllowCopyUploads must also be
733 * true. If $wgAllowCopyUploads is true, but this is false, you will only be
734 * able to perform copy uploads from the API or extensions (e.g. UploadWizard).
735 */
736 $wgCopyUploadsFromSpecialUpload = false;
737
738 /**
739 * Proxy to use for copy upload requests.
740 * @since 1.20
741 */
742 $wgCopyUploadProxy = false;
743
744 /**
745 * Different timeout for upload by url
746 * This could be useful since when fetching large files, you may want a
747 * timeout longer than the default $wgHTTPTimeout. False means fallback
748 * to default.
749 *
750 * @since 1.22
751 */
752 $wgCopyUploadTimeout = false;
753
754 /**
755 * Max size for uploads, in bytes. If not set to an array, applies to all
756 * uploads. If set to an array, per upload type maximums can be set, using the
757 * file and url keys. If the * key is set this value will be used as maximum
758 * for non-specified types.
759 *
760 * @par Example:
761 * @code
762 * $wgMaxUploadSize = [
763 * '*' => 250 * 1024,
764 * 'url' => 500 * 1024,
765 * ];
766 * @endcode
767 * Sets the maximum for all uploads to 250 kB except for upload-by-url, which
768 * will have a maximum of 500 kB.
769 */
770 $wgMaxUploadSize = 1024 * 1024 * 100; # 100MB
771
772 /**
773 * Minimum upload chunk size, in bytes. When using chunked upload, non-final
774 * chunks smaller than this will be rejected. May be reduced based on the
775 * 'upload_max_filesize' or 'post_max_size' PHP settings.
776 * @since 1.26
777 */
778 $wgMinUploadChunkSize = 1024; # 1KB
779
780 /**
781 * Point the upload navigation link to an external URL
782 * Useful if you want to use a shared repository by default
783 * without disabling local uploads (use $wgEnableUploads = false for that).
784 *
785 * @par Example:
786 * @code
787 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl = 'https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Special:Upload';
788 * @endcode
789 */
790 $wgUploadNavigationUrl = false;
791
792 /**
793 * Point the upload link for missing files to an external URL, as with
794 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl. The URL will get "(?|&)wpDestFile=<filename>"
795 * appended to it as appropriate.
796 */
797 $wgUploadMissingFileUrl = false;
798
799 /**
800 * Give a path here to use thumb.php for thumbnail generation on client
801 * request, instead of generating them on render and outputting a static URL.
802 * This is necessary if some of your apache servers don't have read/write
803 * access to the thumbnail path.
804 *
805 * @par Example:
806 * @code
807 * $wgThumbnailScriptPath = "{$wgScriptPath}/thumb.php";
808 * @endcode
809 */
810 $wgThumbnailScriptPath = false;
811
812 /**
813 * @see $wgThumbnailScriptPath
814 */
815 $wgSharedThumbnailScriptPath = false;
816
817 /**
818 * Set this to false if you do not want MediaWiki to divide your images
819 * directory into many subdirectories, for improved performance.
820 *
821 * It's almost always good to leave this enabled. In previous versions of
822 * MediaWiki, some users set this to false to allow images to be added to the
823 * wiki by simply copying them into $wgUploadDirectory and then running
824 * maintenance/rebuildImages.php to register them in the database. This is no
825 * longer recommended, use maintenance/importImages.php instead.
826 *
827 * @note That this variable may be ignored if $wgLocalFileRepo is set.
828 * @todo Deprecate the setting and ultimately remove it from Core.
829 */
830 $wgHashedUploadDirectory = true;
831
832 /**
833 * Set the following to false especially if you have a set of files that need to
834 * be accessible by all wikis, and you do not want to use the hash (path/a/aa/)
835 * directory layout.
836 */
837 $wgHashedSharedUploadDirectory = true;
838
839 /**
840 * Base URL for a repository wiki. Leave this blank if uploads are just stored
841 * in a shared directory and not meant to be accessible through a separate wiki.
842 * Otherwise the image description pages on the local wiki will link to the
843 * image description page on this wiki.
844 *
845 * Please specify the namespace, as in the example below.
846 */
847 $wgRepositoryBaseUrl = "https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:";
848
849 /**
850 * This is the list of preferred extensions for uploading files. Uploading files
851 * with extensions not in this list will trigger a warning.
852 *
853 * @warning If you add any OpenOffice or Microsoft Office file formats here,
854 * such as odt or doc, and untrusted users are allowed to upload files, then
855 * your wiki will be vulnerable to cross-site request forgery (CSRF).
856 */
857 $wgFileExtensions = [ 'png', 'gif', 'jpg', 'jpeg', 'webp' ];
858
859 /**
860 * Files with these extensions will never be allowed as uploads.
861 * An array of file extensions to blacklist. You should append to this array
862 * if you want to blacklist additional files.
863 */
864 $wgFileBlacklist = [
865 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
866 'html', 'htm', 'js', 'jsb', 'mhtml', 'mht', 'xhtml', 'xht',
867 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
868 'php', 'phtml', 'php3', 'php4', 'php5', 'phps',
869 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
870 'shtml', 'jhtml', 'pl', 'py', 'cgi',
871 # May contain harmful executables for Windows victims
872 'exe', 'scr', 'dll', 'msi', 'vbs', 'bat', 'com', 'pif', 'cmd', 'vxd', 'cpl' ];
873
874 /**
875 * Files with these MIME types will never be allowed as uploads
876 * if $wgVerifyMimeType is enabled.
877 */
878 $wgMimeTypeBlacklist = [
879 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
880 'text/html', 'text/javascript', 'text/x-javascript', 'application/x-shellscript',
881 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
882 'application/x-php', 'text/x-php',
883 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
884 'text/x-python', 'text/x-perl', 'text/x-bash', 'text/x-sh', 'text/x-csh',
885 # Client-side hazards on Internet Explorer
886 'text/scriptlet', 'application/x-msdownload',
887 # Windows metafile, client-side vulnerability on some systems
888 'application/x-msmetafile',
889 ];
890
891 /**
892 * Allow Java archive uploads.
893 * This is not recommended for public wikis since a maliciously-constructed
894 * applet running on the same domain as the wiki can steal the user's cookies.
895 */
896 $wgAllowJavaUploads = false;
897
898 /**
899 * This is a flag to determine whether or not to check file extensions on upload.
900 *
901 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
902 */
903 $wgCheckFileExtensions = true;
904
905 /**
906 * If this is turned off, users may override the warning for files not covered
907 * by $wgFileExtensions.
908 *
909 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
910 */
911 $wgStrictFileExtensions = true;
912
913 /**
914 * Setting this to true will disable the upload system's checks for HTML/JavaScript.
915 *
916 * @warning THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE
917 * $wgGroupPermissions TO RESTRICT UPLOADING to only those that you trust
918 */
919 $wgDisableUploadScriptChecks = false;
920
921 /**
922 * Warn if uploaded files are larger than this (in bytes), or false to disable
923 */
924 $wgUploadSizeWarning = false;
925
926 /**
927 * list of trusted media-types and MIME types.
928 * Use the MEDIATYPE_xxx constants to represent media types.
929 * This list is used by File::isSafeFile
930 *
931 * Types not listed here will have a warning about unsafe content
932 * displayed on the images description page. It would also be possible
933 * to use this for further restrictions, like disabling direct
934 * [[media:...]] links for non-trusted formats.
935 */
936 $wgTrustedMediaFormats = [
937 MEDIATYPE_BITMAP, // all bitmap formats
938 MEDIATYPE_AUDIO, // all audio formats
939 MEDIATYPE_VIDEO, // all plain video formats
940 "image/svg+xml", // svg (only needed if inline rendering of svg is not supported)
941 "application/pdf", // PDF files
942 # "application/x-shockwave-flash", //flash/shockwave movie
943 ];
944
945 /**
946 * Plugins for media file type handling.
947 * Each entry in the array maps a MIME type to a class name
948 *
949 * Core media handlers are listed in MediaHandlerFactory,
950 * and extensions should use extension.json.
951 */
952 $wgMediaHandlers = [];
953
954 /**
955 * Plugins for page content model handling.
956 * Each entry in the array maps a model id to a class name or callback
957 * that creates an instance of the appropriate ContentHandler subclass.
958 *
959 * @since 1.21
960 */
961 $wgContentHandlers = [
962 // the usual case
963 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT => 'WikitextContentHandler',
964 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
965 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT => 'JavaScriptContentHandler',
966 // simple implementation, for use by extensions, etc.
967 CONTENT_MODEL_JSON => 'JsonContentHandler',
968 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
969 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS => 'CssContentHandler',
970 // plain text, for use by extensions, etc.
971 CONTENT_MODEL_TEXT => 'TextContentHandler',
972 ];
973
974 /**
975 * Whether to enable server-side image thumbnailing. If false, images will
976 * always be sent to the client in full resolution, with appropriate width= and
977 * height= attributes on the <img> tag for the client to do its own scaling.
978 */
979 $wgUseImageResize = true;
980
981 /**
982 * Resizing can be done using PHP's internal image libraries or using
983 * ImageMagick or another third-party converter, e.g. GraphicMagick.
984 * These support more file formats than PHP, which only supports PNG,
985 * GIF, JPG, XBM and WBMP.
986 *
987 * Use Image Magick instead of PHP builtin functions.
988 */
989 $wgUseImageMagick = false;
990
991 /**
992 * The convert command shipped with ImageMagick
993 */
994 $wgImageMagickConvertCommand = '/usr/bin/convert';
995
996 /**
997 * Array of max pixel areas for interlacing per MIME type
998 * @since 1.27
999 */
1000 $wgMaxInterlacingAreas = [];
1001
1002 /**
1003 * Sharpening parameter to ImageMagick
1004 */
1005 $wgSharpenParameter = '0x0.4';
1006
1007 /**
1008 * Reduction in linear dimensions below which sharpening will be enabled
1009 */
1010 $wgSharpenReductionThreshold = 0.85;
1011
1012 /**
1013 * Temporary directory used for ImageMagick. The directory must exist. Leave
1014 * this set to false to let ImageMagick decide for itself.
1015 */
1016 $wgImageMagickTempDir = false;
1017
1018 /**
1019 * Use another resizing converter, e.g. GraphicMagick
1020 * %s will be replaced with the source path, %d with the destination
1021 * %w and %h will be replaced with the width and height.
1022 *
1023 * @par Example for GraphicMagick:
1024 * @code
1025 * $wgCustomConvertCommand = "gm convert %s -resize %wx%h %d"
1026 * @endcode
1027 *
1028 * Leave as false to skip this.
1029 */
1030 $wgCustomConvertCommand = false;
1031
1032 /**
1033 * used for lossless jpeg rotation
1034 *
1035 * @since 1.21
1036 */
1037 $wgJpegTran = '/usr/bin/jpegtran';
1038
1039 /**
1040 * At default setting of 'yuv420', JPEG thumbnails will use 4:2:0 chroma
1041 * subsampling to reduce file size, at the cost of possible color fringing
1042 * at sharp edges.
1043 *
1044 * See https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chroma_subsampling
1045 *
1046 * Supported values:
1047 * false - use scaling system's default (same as pre-1.27 behavior)
1048 * 'yuv444' - luma and chroma at same resolution
1049 * 'yuv422' - chroma at 1/2 resolution horizontally, full vertically
1050 * 'yuv420' - chroma at 1/2 resolution in both dimensions
1051 *
1052 * This setting is currently supported only for the ImageMagick backend;
1053 * others may default to 4:2:0 or 4:4:4 or maintaining the source file's
1054 * sampling in the thumbnail.
1055 *
1056 * @since 1.27
1057 */
1058 $wgJpegPixelFormat = 'yuv420';
1059
1060 /**
1061 * Some tests and extensions use exiv2 to manipulate the Exif metadata in some
1062 * image formats.
1063 */
1064 $wgExiv2Command = '/usr/bin/exiv2';
1065
1066 /**
1067 * Path to exiftool binary. Used for lossless ICC profile swapping.
1068 *
1069 * @since 1.26
1070 */
1071 $wgExiftool = '/usr/bin/exiftool';
1072
1073 /**
1074 * Scalable Vector Graphics (SVG) may be uploaded as images.
1075 * Since SVG support is not yet standard in browsers, it is
1076 * necessary to rasterize SVGs to PNG as a fallback format.
1077 *
1078 * An external program is required to perform this conversion.
1079 * If set to an array, the first item is a PHP callable and any further items
1080 * are passed as parameters after $srcPath, $dstPath, $width, $height
1081 */
1082 $wgSVGConverters = [
1083 'ImageMagick' =>
1084 '$path/convert -background "#ffffff00" -thumbnail $widthx$height\! $input PNG:$output',
1085 'sodipodi' => '$path/sodipodi -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1086 'inkscape' => '$path/inkscape -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1087 'batik' => 'java -Djava.awt.headless=true -jar $path/batik-rasterizer.jar -w $width -d '
1088 . '$output $input',
1089 'rsvg' => '$path/rsvg-convert -w $width -h $height -o $output $input',
1090 'imgserv' => '$path/imgserv-wrapper -i svg -o png -w$width $input $output',
1091 'ImagickExt' => [ 'SvgHandler::rasterizeImagickExt' ],
1092 ];
1093
1094 /**
1095 * Pick a converter defined in $wgSVGConverters
1096 */
1097 $wgSVGConverter = 'ImageMagick';
1098
1099 /**
1100 * If not in the executable PATH, specify the SVG converter path.
1101 */
1102 $wgSVGConverterPath = '';
1103
1104 /**
1105 * Don't scale a SVG larger than this
1106 */
1107 $wgSVGMaxSize = 5120;
1108
1109 /**
1110 * Don't read SVG metadata beyond this point.
1111 * Default is 1024*256 bytes
1112 */
1113 $wgSVGMetadataCutoff = 262144;
1114
1115 /**
1116 * Disallow <title> element in SVG files.
1117 *
1118 * MediaWiki will reject HTMLesque tags in uploaded files due to idiotic
1119 * browsers which can not perform basic stuff like MIME detection and which are
1120 * vulnerable to further idiots uploading crap files as images.
1121 *
1122 * When this directive is on, "<title>" will be allowed in files with an
1123 * "image/svg+xml" MIME type. You should leave this disabled if your web server
1124 * is misconfigured and doesn't send appropriate MIME types for SVG images.
1125 */
1126 $wgAllowTitlesInSVG = false;
1127
1128 /**
1129 * The maximum number of pixels a source image can have if it is to be scaled
1130 * down by a scaler that requires the full source image to be decompressed
1131 * and stored in decompressed form, before the thumbnail is generated.
1132 *
1133 * This provides a limit on memory usage for the decompression side of the
1134 * image scaler. The limit is used when scaling PNGs with any of the
1135 * built-in image scalers, such as ImageMagick or GD. It is ignored for
1136 * JPEGs with ImageMagick, and when using the VipsScaler extension.
1137 *
1138 * The default is 50 MB if decompressed to RGBA form, which corresponds to
1139 * 12.5 million pixels or 3500x3500.
1140 */
1141 $wgMaxImageArea = 1.25e7;
1142
1143 /**
1144 * Force thumbnailing of animated GIFs above this size to a single
1145 * frame instead of an animated thumbnail. As of MW 1.17 this limit
1146 * is checked against the total size of all frames in the animation.
1147 * It probably makes sense to keep this equal to $wgMaxImageArea.
1148 */
1149 $wgMaxAnimatedGifArea = 1.25e7;
1150
1151 /**
1152 * Browsers don't support TIFF inline generally...
1153 * For inline display, we need to convert to PNG or JPEG.
1154 * Note scaling should work with ImageMagick, but may not with GD scaling.
1155 *
1156 * @par Example:
1157 * @code
1158 * // PNG is lossless, but inefficient for photos
1159 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'png', 'image/png' ];
1160 * // JPEG is good for photos, but has no transparency support. Bad for diagrams.
1161 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'jpg', 'image/jpeg' ];
1162 * @endcode
1163 */
1164 $wgTiffThumbnailType = false;
1165
1166 /**
1167 * If rendered thumbnail files are older than this timestamp, they
1168 * will be rerendered on demand as if the file didn't already exist.
1169 * Update if there is some need to force thumbs and SVG rasterizations
1170 * to rerender, such as fixes to rendering bugs.
1171 */
1172 $wgThumbnailEpoch = '20030516000000';
1173
1174 /**
1175 * Certain operations are avoided if there were too many recent failures,
1176 * for example, thumbnail generation. Bump this value to invalidate all
1177 * memory of failed operations and thus allow further attempts to resume.
1178 * This is useful when a cause for the failures has been found and fixed.
1179 */
1180 $wgAttemptFailureEpoch = 1;
1181
1182 /**
1183 * If set, inline scaled images will still produce "<img>" tags ready for
1184 * output instead of showing an error message.
1185 *
1186 * This may be useful if errors are transitory, especially if the site
1187 * is configured to automatically render thumbnails on request.
1188 *
1189 * On the other hand, it may obscure error conditions from debugging.
1190 * Enable the debug log or the 'thumbnail' log group to make sure errors
1191 * are logged to a file for review.
1192 */
1193 $wgIgnoreImageErrors = false;
1194
1195 /**
1196 * Allow thumbnail rendering on page view. If this is false, a valid
1197 * thumbnail URL is still output, but no file will be created at
1198 * the target location. This may save some time if you have a
1199 * thumb.php or 404 handler set up which is faster than the regular
1200 * webserver(s).
1201 */
1202 $wgGenerateThumbnailOnParse = true;
1203
1204 /**
1205 * Show thumbnails for old images on the image description page
1206 */
1207 $wgShowArchiveThumbnails = true;
1208
1209 /**
1210 * If set to true, images that contain certain the exif orientation tag will
1211 * be rotated accordingly. If set to null, try to auto-detect whether a scaler
1212 * is available that can rotate.
1213 */
1214 $wgEnableAutoRotation = null;
1215
1216 /**
1217 * Internal name of virus scanner. This serves as a key to the
1218 * $wgAntivirusSetup array. Set this to NULL to disable virus scanning. If not
1219 * null, every file uploaded will be scanned for viruses.
1220 */
1221 $wgAntivirus = null;
1222
1223 /**
1224 * Configuration for different virus scanners. This an associative array of
1225 * associative arrays. It contains one setup array per known scanner type.
1226 * The entry is selected by $wgAntivirus, i.e.
1227 * valid values for $wgAntivirus are the keys defined in this array.
1228 *
1229 * The configuration array for each scanner contains the following keys:
1230 * "command", "codemap", "messagepattern":
1231 *
1232 * "command" is the full command to call the virus scanner - %f will be
1233 * replaced with the name of the file to scan. If not present, the filename
1234 * will be appended to the command. Note that this must be overwritten if the
1235 * scanner is not in the system path; in that case, please set
1236 * $wgAntivirusSetup[$wgAntivirus]['command'] to the desired command with full
1237 * path.
1238 *
1239 * "codemap" is a mapping of exit code to return codes of the detectVirus
1240 * function in SpecialUpload.
1241 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_FAILED causes the function to consider
1242 * the scan to be failed. This will pass the file if $wgAntivirusRequired
1243 * is not set.
1244 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_ABORTED causes the function to consider
1245 * the file to have an unsupported format, which is probably immune to
1246 * viruses. This causes the file to pass.
1247 * - An exit code mapped to AV_NO_VIRUS will cause the file to pass, meaning
1248 * no virus was found.
1249 * - All other codes (like AV_VIRUS_FOUND) will cause the function to report
1250 * a virus.
1251 * - You may use "*" as a key in the array to catch all exit codes not mapped otherwise.
1252 *
1253 * "messagepattern" is a perl regular expression to extract the meaningful part of the scanners
1254 * output. The relevant part should be matched as group one (\1).
1255 * If not defined or the pattern does not match, the full message is shown to the user.
1256 */
1257 $wgAntivirusSetup = [
1258
1259 # setup for clamav
1260 'clamav' => [
1261 'command' => 'clamscan --no-summary ',
1262 'codemap' => [
1263 "0" => AV_NO_VIRUS, # no virus
1264 "1" => AV_VIRUS_FOUND, # virus found
1265 "52" => AV_SCAN_ABORTED, # unsupported file format (probably immune)
1266 "*" => AV_SCAN_FAILED, # else scan failed
1267 ],
1268 'messagepattern' => '/.*?:(.*)/sim',
1269 ],
1270 ];
1271
1272 /**
1273 * Determines if a failed virus scan (AV_SCAN_FAILED) will cause the file to be rejected.
1274 */
1275 $wgAntivirusRequired = true;
1276
1277 /**
1278 * Determines if the MIME type of uploaded files should be checked
1279 */
1280 $wgVerifyMimeType = true;
1281
1282 /**
1283 * Sets the MIME type definition file to use by MimeMagic.php.
1284 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1285 * example: $wgMimeTypeFile = '/etc/mime.types';
1286 */
1287 $wgMimeTypeFile = 'includes/mime.types';
1288
1289 /**
1290 * Sets the MIME type info file to use by MimeMagic.php.
1291 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1292 */
1293 $wgMimeInfoFile = 'includes/mime.info';
1294
1295 /**
1296 * Sets an external MIME detector program. The command must print only
1297 * the MIME type to standard output.
1298 * The name of the file to process will be appended to the command given here.
1299 * If not set or NULL, PHP's fileinfo extension will be used if available.
1300 *
1301 * @par Example:
1302 * @code
1303 * #$wgMimeDetectorCommand = "file -bi"; # use external MIME detector (Linux)
1304 * @endcode
1305 */
1306 $wgMimeDetectorCommand = null;
1307
1308 /**
1309 * Switch for trivial MIME detection. Used by thumb.php to disable all fancy
1310 * things, because only a few types of images are needed and file extensions
1311 * can be trusted.
1312 */
1313 $wgTrivialMimeDetection = false;
1314
1315 /**
1316 * Additional XML types we can allow via MIME-detection.
1317 * array = [ 'rootElement' => 'associatedMimeType' ]
1318 */
1319 $wgXMLMimeTypes = [
1320 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg:svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1321 'svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1322 'http://www.lysator.liu.se/~alla/dia/:diagram' => 'application/x-dia-diagram',
1323 'http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml:html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1324 'html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1325 ];
1326
1327 /**
1328 * Limit images on image description pages to a user-selectable limit. In order
1329 * to reduce disk usage, limits can only be selected from a list.
1330 * The user preference is saved as an array offset in the database, by default
1331 * the offset is set with $wgDefaultUserOptions['imagesize']. Make sure you
1332 * change it if you alter the array (see bug 8858).
1333 * This is the list of settings the user can choose from:
1334 */
1335 $wgImageLimits = [
1336 [ 320, 240 ],
1337 [ 640, 480 ],
1338 [ 800, 600 ],
1339 [ 1024, 768 ],
1340 [ 1280, 1024 ]
1341 ];
1342
1343 /**
1344 * Adjust thumbnails on image pages according to a user setting. In order to
1345 * reduce disk usage, the values can only be selected from a list. This is the
1346 * list of settings the user can choose from:
1347 */
1348 $wgThumbLimits = [
1349 120,
1350 150,
1351 180,
1352 200,
1353 250,
1354 300
1355 ];
1356
1357 /**
1358 * When defined, is an array of image widths used as buckets for thumbnail generation.
1359 * The goal is to save resources by generating thumbnails based on reference buckets instead of
1360 * always using the original. This will incur a speed gain but cause a quality loss.
1361 *
1362 * The buckets generation is chained, with each bucket generated based on the above bucket
1363 * when possible. File handlers have to opt into using that feature. For now only BitmapHandler
1364 * supports it.
1365 */
1366 $wgThumbnailBuckets = null;
1367
1368 /**
1369 * When using thumbnail buckets as defined above, this sets the minimum distance to the bucket
1370 * above the requested size. The distance represents how many extra pixels of width the bucket
1371 * needs in order to be used as the reference for a given thumbnail. For example, with the
1372 * following buckets:
1373 *
1374 * $wgThumbnailBuckets = [ 128, 256, 512 ];
1375 *
1376 * and a distance of 50:
1377 *
1378 * $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1379 *
1380 * If we want to render a thumbnail of width 220px, the 512px bucket will be used,
1381 * because 220 + 50 = 270 and the closest bucket bigger than 270px is 512.
1382 */
1383 $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1384
1385 /**
1386 * When defined, is an array of thumbnail widths to be rendered at upload time. The idea is to
1387 * prerender common thumbnail sizes, in order to avoid the necessity to render them on demand, which
1388 * has a performance impact for the first client to view a certain size.
1389 *
1390 * This obviously means that more disk space is needed per upload upfront.
1391 *
1392 * @since 1.25
1393 */
1394
1395 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap = [];
1396
1397 /**
1398 * The method through which the thumbnails will be prerendered for the entries in
1399 * $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap
1400 *
1401 * The method can be either "http" or "jobqueue". The former uses an http request to hit the
1402 * thumbnail's URL.
1403 * This method only works if thumbnails are configured to be rendered by a 404 handler. The latter
1404 * option uses the job queue to render the thumbnail.
1405 *
1406 * @since 1.25
1407 */
1408 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod = 'jobqueue';
1409
1410 /**
1411 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom Host HTTP header.
1412 *
1413 * @since 1.25
1414 */
1415 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomHost = false;
1416
1417 /**
1418 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom domain to send the
1419 * HTTP request to.
1420 *
1421 * @since 1.25
1422 */
1423 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomDomain = false;
1424
1425 /**
1426 * When this variable is true and JPGs use the sRGB ICC profile, swaps it for the more lightweight
1427 * (and free) TinyRGB profile when generating thumbnails.
1428 *
1429 * @since 1.26
1430 */
1431 $wgUseTinyRGBForJPGThumbnails = false;
1432
1433 /**
1434 * Default parameters for the "<gallery>" tag
1435 */
1436 $wgGalleryOptions = [
1437 'imagesPerRow' => 0, // Default number of images per-row in the gallery. 0 -> Adapt to screensize
1438 'imageWidth' => 120, // Width of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1439 'imageHeight' => 120, // Height of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1440 'captionLength' => true, // Deprecated @since 1.28
1441 // Length to truncate filename to in caption when using "showfilename".
1442 // A value of 'true' will truncate the filename to one line using CSS
1443 // and will be the behaviour after deprecation.
1444 'showBytes' => true, // Show the filesize in bytes in categories
1445 'mode' => 'traditional',
1446 ];
1447
1448 /**
1449 * Adjust width of upright images when parameter 'upright' is used
1450 * This allows a nicer look for upright images without the need to fix the width
1451 * by hardcoded px in wiki sourcecode.
1452 */
1453 $wgThumbUpright = 0.75;
1454
1455 /**
1456 * Default value for chmoding of new directories.
1457 */
1458 $wgDirectoryMode = 0777;
1459
1460 /**
1461 * Generate and use thumbnails suitable for screens with 1.5 and 2.0 pixel densities.
1462 *
1463 * This means a 320x240 use of an image on the wiki will also generate 480x360 and 640x480
1464 * thumbnails, output via the srcset attribute.
1465 *
1466 * On older browsers, a JavaScript polyfill switches the appropriate images in after loading
1467 * the original low-resolution versions depending on the reported window.devicePixelRatio.
1468 * The polyfill can be found in the jquery.hidpi module.
1469 */
1470 $wgResponsiveImages = true;
1471
1472 /**
1473 * @name DJVU settings
1474 * @{
1475 */
1476
1477 /**
1478 * Path of the djvudump executable
1479 * Enable this and $wgDjvuRenderer to enable djvu rendering
1480 * example: $wgDjvuDump = 'djvudump';
1481 */
1482 $wgDjvuDump = null;
1483
1484 /**
1485 * Path of the ddjvu DJVU renderer
1486 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable djvu rendering
1487 * example: $wgDjvuRenderer = 'ddjvu';
1488 */
1489 $wgDjvuRenderer = null;
1490
1491 /**
1492 * Path of the djvutxt DJVU text extraction utility
1493 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable text layer extraction from djvu files
1494 * example: $wgDjvuTxt = 'djvutxt';
1495 */
1496 $wgDjvuTxt = null;
1497
1498 /**
1499 * Path of the djvutoxml executable
1500 * This works like djvudump except much, much slower as of version 3.5.
1501 *
1502 * For now we recommend you use djvudump instead. The djvuxml output is
1503 * probably more stable, so we'll switch back to it as soon as they fix
1504 * the efficiency problem.
1505 * http://sourceforge.net/tracker/index.php?func=detail&aid=1704049&group_id=32953&atid=406583
1506 *
1507 * @par Example:
1508 * @code
1509 * $wgDjvuToXML = 'djvutoxml';
1510 * @endcode
1511 */
1512 $wgDjvuToXML = null;
1513
1514 /**
1515 * Shell command for the DJVU post processor
1516 * Default: pnmtojpeg, since ddjvu generates ppm output
1517 * Set this to false to output the ppm file directly.
1518 */
1519 $wgDjvuPostProcessor = 'pnmtojpeg';
1520
1521 /**
1522 * File extension for the DJVU post processor output
1523 */
1524 $wgDjvuOutputExtension = 'jpg';
1525
1526 /** @} */ # end of DJvu }
1527
1528 /** @} */ # end of file uploads }
1529
1530 /************************************************************************//**
1531 * @name Email settings
1532 * @{
1533 */
1534
1535 /**
1536 * Site admin email address.
1537 *
1538 * Defaults to "wikiadmin@$wgServerName".
1539 */
1540 $wgEmergencyContact = false;
1541
1542 /**
1543 * Sender email address for e-mail notifications.
1544 *
1545 * The address we use as sender when a user requests a password reminder.
1546 *
1547 * Defaults to "apache@$wgServerName".
1548 */
1549 $wgPasswordSender = false;
1550
1551 /**
1552 * Sender name for e-mail notifications.
1553 *
1554 * @deprecated since 1.23; use the system message 'emailsender' instead.
1555 */
1556 $wgPasswordSenderName = 'MediaWiki Mail';
1557
1558 /**
1559 * Reply-To address for e-mail notifications.
1560 *
1561 * Defaults to $wgPasswordSender.
1562 */
1563 $wgNoReplyAddress = false;
1564
1565 /**
1566 * Set to true to enable the e-mail basic features:
1567 * Password reminders, etc. If sending e-mail on your
1568 * server doesn't work, you might want to disable this.
1569 */
1570 $wgEnableEmail = true;
1571
1572 /**
1573 * Set to true to enable user-to-user e-mail.
1574 * This can potentially be abused, as it's hard to track.
1575 */
1576 $wgEnableUserEmail = true;
1577
1578 /**
1579 * Set to true to put the sending user's email in a Reply-To header
1580 * instead of From. ($wgEmergencyContact will be used as From.)
1581 *
1582 * Some mailers (eg SMTP) set the SMTP envelope sender to the From value,
1583 * which can cause problems with SPF validation and leak recipient addresses
1584 * when bounces are sent to the sender.
1585 */
1586 $wgUserEmailUseReplyTo = false;
1587
1588 /**
1589 * Minimum time, in hours, which must elapse between password reminder
1590 * emails for a given account. This is to prevent abuse by mail flooding.
1591 */
1592 $wgPasswordReminderResendTime = 24;
1593
1594 /**
1595 * The time, in seconds, when an emailed temporary password expires.
1596 */
1597 $wgNewPasswordExpiry = 3600 * 24 * 7;
1598
1599 /**
1600 * The time, in seconds, when an email confirmation email expires
1601 */
1602 $wgUserEmailConfirmationTokenExpiry = 7 * 24 * 60 * 60;
1603
1604 /**
1605 * The number of days that a user's password is good for. After this number of days, the
1606 * user will be asked to reset their password. Set to false to disable password expiration.
1607 */
1608 $wgPasswordExpirationDays = false;
1609
1610 /**
1611 * If a user's password is expired, the number of seconds when they can still login,
1612 * and cancel their password change, but are sent to the password change form on each login.
1613 */
1614 $wgPasswordExpireGrace = 3600 * 24 * 7; // 7 days
1615
1616 /**
1617 * SMTP Mode.
1618 *
1619 * For using a direct (authenticated) SMTP server connection.
1620 * Default to false or fill an array :
1621 *
1622 * @code
1623 * $wgSMTP = [
1624 * 'host' => 'SMTP domain',
1625 * 'IDHost' => 'domain for MessageID',
1626 * 'port' => '25',
1627 * 'auth' => [true|false],
1628 * 'username' => [SMTP username],
1629 * 'password' => [SMTP password],
1630 * ];
1631 * @endcode
1632 */
1633 $wgSMTP = false;
1634
1635 /**
1636 * Additional email parameters, will be passed as the last argument to mail() call.
1637 */
1638 $wgAdditionalMailParams = null;
1639
1640 /**
1641 * For parts of the system that have been updated to provide HTML email content, send
1642 * both text and HTML parts as the body of the email
1643 */
1644 $wgAllowHTMLEmail = false;
1645
1646 /**
1647 * True: from page editor if s/he opted-in. False: Enotif mails appear to come
1648 * from $wgEmergencyContact
1649 */
1650 $wgEnotifFromEditor = false;
1651
1652 // TODO move UPO to preferences probably ?
1653 # If set to true, users get a corresponding option in their preferences and can choose to
1654 # enable or disable at their discretion
1655 # If set to false, the corresponding input form on the user preference page is suppressed
1656 # It call this to be a "user-preferences-option (UPO)"
1657
1658 /**
1659 * Require email authentication before sending mail to an email address.
1660 * This is highly recommended. It prevents MediaWiki from being used as an open
1661 * spam relay.
1662 */
1663 $wgEmailAuthentication = true;
1664
1665 /**
1666 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") on watchlist changes.
1667 */
1668 $wgEnotifWatchlist = false;
1669
1670 /**
1671 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") when someone edits their
1672 * user talk page.
1673 *
1674 * The owner of the user talk page must also have the 'enotifusertalkpages' user
1675 * preference set to true.
1676 */
1677 $wgEnotifUserTalk = false;
1678
1679 /**
1680 * Set the Reply-to address in notifications to the editor's address, if user
1681 * allowed this in the preferences.
1682 */
1683 $wgEnotifRevealEditorAddress = false;
1684
1685 /**
1686 * Potentially send notification mails on minor edits to pages. This is enabled
1687 * by default. If this is false, users will never be notified on minor edits.
1688 *
1689 * If it is true, editors with the 'nominornewtalk' right (typically bots) will still not
1690 * trigger notifications for minor edits they make (to any page, not just user talk).
1691 *
1692 * Finally, if the watcher/recipient has the 'enotifminoredits' user preference set to
1693 * false, they will not receive notifications for minor edits.
1694 *
1695 * User talk notifications are also affected by $wgEnotifMinorEdits, the above settings,
1696 * $wgEnotifUserTalk, and the preference described there.
1697 */
1698 $wgEnotifMinorEdits = true;
1699
1700 /**
1701 * Send a generic mail instead of a personalised mail for each user. This
1702 * always uses UTC as the time zone, and doesn't include the username.
1703 *
1704 * For pages with many users watching, this can significantly reduce mail load.
1705 * Has no effect when using sendmail rather than SMTP.
1706 */
1707 $wgEnotifImpersonal = false;
1708
1709 /**
1710 * Maximum number of users to mail at once when using impersonal mail. Should
1711 * match the limit on your mail server.
1712 */
1713 $wgEnotifMaxRecips = 500;
1714
1715 /**
1716 * Use real name instead of username in e-mail "from" field.
1717 */
1718 $wgEnotifUseRealName = false;
1719
1720 /**
1721 * Array of usernames who will be sent a notification email for every change
1722 * which occurs on a wiki. Users will not be notified of their own changes.
1723 */
1724 $wgUsersNotifiedOnAllChanges = [];
1725
1726 /** @} */ # end of email settings
1727
1728 /************************************************************************//**
1729 * @name Database settings
1730 * @{
1731 */
1732
1733 /**
1734 * Database host name or IP address
1735 */
1736 $wgDBserver = 'localhost';
1737
1738 /**
1739 * Database port number (for PostgreSQL and Microsoft SQL Server).
1740 */
1741 $wgDBport = 5432;
1742
1743 /**
1744 * Name of the database
1745 */
1746 $wgDBname = 'my_wiki';
1747
1748 /**
1749 * Database username
1750 */
1751 $wgDBuser = 'wikiuser';
1752
1753 /**
1754 * Database user's password
1755 */
1756 $wgDBpassword = '';
1757
1758 /**
1759 * Database type
1760 */
1761 $wgDBtype = 'mysql';
1762
1763 /**
1764 * Whether to use SSL in DB connection.
1765 *
1766 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1767 * 'LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1768 * the DBO_SSL flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1769 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1770 */
1771 $wgDBssl = false;
1772
1773 /**
1774 * Whether to use compression in DB connection.
1775 *
1776 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1777 * 'LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1778 * the DBO_COMPRESS flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1779 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1780 */
1781 $wgDBcompress = false;
1782
1783 /**
1784 * Separate username for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1785 */
1786 $wgDBadminuser = null;
1787
1788 /**
1789 * Separate password for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1790 */
1791 $wgDBadminpassword = null;
1792
1793 /**
1794 * Search type.
1795 * Leave as null to select the default search engine for the
1796 * selected database type (eg SearchMySQL), or set to a class
1797 * name to override to a custom search engine.
1798 */
1799 $wgSearchType = null;
1800
1801 /**
1802 * Alternative search types
1803 * Sometimes you want to support multiple search engines for testing. This
1804 * allows users to select their search engine of choice via url parameters
1805 * to Special:Search and the action=search API. If using this, there's no
1806 * need to add $wgSearchType to it, that is handled automatically.
1807 */
1808 $wgSearchTypeAlternatives = null;
1809
1810 /**
1811 * Table name prefix
1812 */
1813 $wgDBprefix = '';
1814
1815 /**
1816 * MySQL table options to use during installation or update
1817 */
1818 $wgDBTableOptions = 'ENGINE=InnoDB';
1819
1820 /**
1821 * SQL Mode - default is turning off all modes, including strict, if set.
1822 * null can be used to skip the setting for performance reasons and assume
1823 * DBA has done his best job.
1824 * String override can be used for some additional fun :-)
1825 */
1826 $wgSQLMode = '';
1827
1828 /**
1829 * Mediawiki schema
1830 */
1831 $wgDBmwschema = null;
1832
1833 /**
1834 * To override default SQLite data directory ($docroot/../data)
1835 */
1836 $wgSQLiteDataDir = '';
1837
1838 /**
1839 * Make all database connections secretly go to localhost. Fool the load balancer
1840 * thinking there is an arbitrarily large cluster of servers to connect to.
1841 * Useful for debugging.
1842 */
1843 $wgAllDBsAreLocalhost = false;
1844
1845 /**
1846 * Shared database for multiple wikis. Commonly used for storing a user table
1847 * for single sign-on. The server for this database must be the same as for the
1848 * main database.
1849 *
1850 * For backwards compatibility the shared prefix is set to the same as the local
1851 * prefix, and the user table is listed in the default list of shared tables.
1852 * The user_properties table is also added so that users will continue to have their
1853 * preferences shared (preferences were stored in the user table prior to 1.16)
1854 *
1855 * $wgSharedTables may be customized with a list of tables to share in the shared
1856 * database. However it is advised to limit what tables you do share as many of
1857 * MediaWiki's tables may have side effects if you try to share them.
1858 *
1859 * $wgSharedPrefix is the table prefix for the shared database. It defaults to
1860 * $wgDBprefix.
1861 *
1862 * $wgSharedSchema is the table schema for the shared database. It defaults to
1863 * $wgDBmwschema.
1864 *
1865 * @deprecated since 1.21 In new code, use the $wiki parameter to wfGetLB() to
1866 * access remote databases. Using wfGetLB() allows the shared database to
1867 * reside on separate servers to the wiki's own database, with suitable
1868 * configuration of $wgLBFactoryConf.
1869 */
1870 $wgSharedDB = null;
1871
1872 /**
1873 * @see $wgSharedDB
1874 */
1875 $wgSharedPrefix = false;
1876
1877 /**
1878 * @see $wgSharedDB
1879 */
1880 $wgSharedTables = [ 'user', 'user_properties' ];
1881
1882 /**
1883 * @see $wgSharedDB
1884 * @since 1.23
1885 */
1886 $wgSharedSchema = false;
1887
1888 /**
1889 * Database load balancer
1890 * This is a two-dimensional array, an array of server info structures
1891 * Fields are:
1892 * - host: Host name
1893 * - dbname: Default database name
1894 * - user: DB user
1895 * - password: DB password
1896 * - type: DB type
1897 *
1898 * - load: Ratio of DB_REPLICA load, must be >=0, the sum of all loads must be >0.
1899 * If this is zero for any given server, no normal query traffic will be
1900 * sent to it. It will be excluded from lag checks in maintenance scripts.
1901 * The only way it can receive traffic is if groupLoads is used.
1902 *
1903 * - groupLoads: array of load ratios, the key is the query group name. A query may belong
1904 * to several groups, the most specific group defined here is used.
1905 *
1906 * - flags: bit field
1907 * - DBO_DEFAULT -- turns on DBO_TRX only if "cliMode" is off (recommended)
1908 * - DBO_DEBUG -- equivalent of $wgDebugDumpSql
1909 * - DBO_TRX -- wrap entire request in a transaction
1910 * - DBO_NOBUFFER -- turn off buffering (not useful in LocalSettings.php)
1911 * - DBO_PERSISTENT -- enables persistent database connections
1912 * - DBO_SSL -- uses SSL/TLS encryption in database connections, if available
1913 * - DBO_COMPRESS -- uses internal compression in database connections,
1914 * if available
1915 *
1916 * - max lag: (optional) Maximum replication lag before a replica DB goes out of rotation
1917 * - is static: (optional) Set to true if the dataset is static and no replication is used.
1918 * - cliMode: (optional) Connection handles will not assume that requests are short-lived
1919 * nor that INSERT..SELECT can be rewritten into a buffered SELECT and INSERT.
1920 * [Default: uses value of $wgCommandLineMode]
1921 *
1922 * These and any other user-defined properties will be assigned to the mLBInfo member
1923 * variable of the Database object.
1924 *
1925 * Leave at false to use the single-server variables above. If you set this
1926 * variable, the single-server variables will generally be ignored (except
1927 * perhaps in some command-line scripts).
1928 *
1929 * The first server listed in this array (with key 0) will be the master. The
1930 * rest of the servers will be replica DBs. To prevent writes to your replica DBs due to
1931 * accidental misconfiguration or MediaWiki bugs, set read_only=1 on all your
1932 * replica DBs in my.cnf. You can set read_only mode at runtime using:
1933 *
1934 * @code
1935 * SET @@read_only=1;
1936 * @endcode
1937 *
1938 * Since the effect of writing to a replica DB is so damaging and difficult to clean
1939 * up, we at Wikimedia set read_only=1 in my.cnf on all our DB servers, even
1940 * our masters, and then set read_only=0 on masters at runtime.
1941 */
1942 $wgDBservers = false;
1943
1944 /**
1945 * Load balancer factory configuration
1946 * To set up a multi-master wiki farm, set the class here to something that
1947 * can return a LoadBalancer with an appropriate master on a call to getMainLB().
1948 * The class identified here is responsible for reading $wgDBservers,
1949 * $wgDBserver, etc., so overriding it may cause those globals to be ignored.
1950 *
1951 * The LBFactoryMulti class is provided for this purpose, please see
1952 * includes/db/LBFactoryMulti.php for configuration information.
1953 */
1954 $wgLBFactoryConf = [ 'class' => 'LBFactorySimple' ];
1955
1956 /**
1957 * After a state-changing request is done by a client, this determines
1958 * how many seconds that client should keep using the master datacenter.
1959 * This avoids unexpected stale or 404 responses due to replication lag.
1960 * @since 1.27
1961 */
1962 $wgDataCenterUpdateStickTTL = 10;
1963
1964 /**
1965 * File to log database errors to
1966 */
1967 $wgDBerrorLog = false;
1968
1969 /**
1970 * Timezone to use in the error log.
1971 * Defaults to the wiki timezone ($wgLocaltimezone).
1972 *
1973 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
1974 * http://php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
1975 *
1976 * @par Examples:
1977 * @code
1978 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'UTC';
1979 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'GMT';
1980 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'PST8PDT';
1981 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'Europe/Sweden';
1982 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'CET';
1983 * @endcode
1984 *
1985 * @since 1.20
1986 */
1987 $wgDBerrorLogTZ = false;
1988
1989 /**
1990 * Set to true to engage MySQL 4.1/5.0 charset-related features;
1991 * for now will just cause sending of 'SET NAMES=utf8' on connect.
1992 *
1993 * @warning THIS IS EXPERIMENTAL!
1994 *
1995 * May break if you're not using the table defs from mysql5/tables.sql.
1996 * May break if you're upgrading an existing wiki if set differently.
1997 * Broken symptoms likely to include incorrect behavior with page titles,
1998 * usernames, comments etc containing non-ASCII characters.
1999 * Might also cause failures on the object cache and other things.
2000 *
2001 * Even correct usage may cause failures with Unicode supplementary
2002 * characters (those not in the Basic Multilingual Plane) unless MySQL
2003 * has enhanced their Unicode support.
2004 */
2005 $wgDBmysql5 = false;
2006
2007 /**
2008 * Set true to enable Oracle DCRP (supported from 11gR1 onward)
2009 *
2010 * To use this feature set to true and use a datasource defined as
2011 * POOLED (i.e. in tnsnames definition set server=pooled in connect_data
2012 * block).
2013 *
2014 * Starting from 11gR1 you can use DCRP (Database Resident Connection
2015 * Pool) that maintains established sessions and reuses them on new
2016 * connections.
2017 *
2018 * Not completely tested, but it should fall back on normal connection
2019 * in case the pool is full or the datasource is not configured as
2020 * pooled.
2021 * And the other way around; using oci_pconnect on a non pooled
2022 * datasource should produce a normal connection.
2023 *
2024 * When it comes to frequent shortlived DB connections like with MW
2025 * Oracle tends to s***. The problem is the driver connects to the
2026 * database reasonably fast, but establishing a session takes time and
2027 * resources. MW does not rely on session state (as it does not use
2028 * features such as package variables) so establishing a valid session
2029 * is in this case an unwanted overhead that just slows things down.
2030 *
2031 * @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
2032 *
2033 */
2034 $wgDBOracleDRCP = false;
2035
2036 /**
2037 * Other wikis on this site, can be administered from a single developer
2038 * account.
2039 * Array numeric key => database name
2040 */
2041 $wgLocalDatabases = [];
2042
2043 /**
2044 * If lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagWarning, show a warning in some special
2045 * pages (like watchlist). If the lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagCritical,
2046 * show a more obvious warning.
2047 */
2048 $wgSlaveLagWarning = 10;
2049
2050 /**
2051 * @see $wgSlaveLagWarning
2052 */
2053 $wgSlaveLagCritical = 30;
2054
2055 /**
2056 * Use Windows Authentication instead of $wgDBuser / $wgDBpassword for MS SQL Server
2057 */
2058 $wgDBWindowsAuthentication = false;
2059
2060 /**@}*/ # End of DB settings }
2061
2062 /************************************************************************//**
2063 * @name Text storage
2064 * @{
2065 */
2066
2067 /**
2068 * We can also compress text stored in the 'text' table. If this is set on, new
2069 * revisions will be compressed on page save if zlib support is available. Any
2070 * compressed revisions will be decompressed on load regardless of this setting,
2071 * but will not be readable at all* if zlib support is not available.
2072 */
2073 $wgCompressRevisions = false;
2074
2075 /**
2076 * External stores allow including content
2077 * from non database sources following URL links.
2078 *
2079 * Short names of ExternalStore classes may be specified in an array here:
2080 * @code
2081 * $wgExternalStores = [ "http","file","custom" ]...
2082 * @endcode
2083 *
2084 * CAUTION: Access to database might lead to code execution
2085 */
2086 $wgExternalStores = [];
2087
2088 /**
2089 * An array of external MySQL servers.
2090 *
2091 * @par Example:
2092 * Create a cluster named 'cluster1' containing three servers:
2093 * @code
2094 * $wgExternalServers = [
2095 * 'cluster1' => [ 'srv28', 'srv29', 'srv30' ]
2096 * ];
2097 * @endcode
2098 *
2099 * Used by LBFactorySimple, may be ignored if $wgLBFactoryConf is set to
2100 * another class.
2101 */
2102 $wgExternalServers = [];
2103
2104 /**
2105 * The place to put new revisions, false to put them in the local text table.
2106 * Part of a URL, e.g. DB://cluster1
2107 *
2108 * Can be an array instead of a single string, to enable data distribution. Keys
2109 * must be consecutive integers, starting at zero.
2110 *
2111 * @par Example:
2112 * @code
2113 * $wgDefaultExternalStore = [ 'DB://cluster1', 'DB://cluster2' ];
2114 * @endcode
2115 *
2116 * @var array
2117 */
2118 $wgDefaultExternalStore = false;
2119
2120 /**
2121 * Revision text may be cached in $wgMemc to reduce load on external storage
2122 * servers and object extraction overhead for frequently-loaded revisions.
2123 *
2124 * Set to 0 to disable, or number of seconds before cache expiry.
2125 */
2126 $wgRevisionCacheExpiry = 86400 * 7;
2127
2128 /** @} */ # end text storage }
2129
2130 /************************************************************************//**
2131 * @name Performance hacks and limits
2132 * @{
2133 */
2134
2135 /**
2136 * Disable database-intensive features
2137 */
2138 $wgMiserMode = false;
2139
2140 /**
2141 * Disable all query pages if miser mode is on, not just some
2142 */
2143 $wgDisableQueryPages = false;
2144
2145 /**
2146 * Number of rows to cache in 'querycache' table when miser mode is on
2147 */
2148 $wgQueryCacheLimit = 1000;
2149
2150 /**
2151 * Number of links to a page required before it is deemed "wanted"
2152 */
2153 $wgWantedPagesThreshold = 1;
2154
2155 /**
2156 * Enable slow parser functions
2157 */
2158 $wgAllowSlowParserFunctions = false;
2159
2160 /**
2161 * Allow schema updates
2162 */
2163 $wgAllowSchemaUpdates = true;
2164
2165 /**
2166 * Maximum article size in kilobytes
2167 */
2168 $wgMaxArticleSize = 2048;
2169
2170 /**
2171 * The minimum amount of memory that MediaWiki "needs"; MediaWiki will try to
2172 * raise PHP's memory limit if it's below this amount.
2173 */
2174 $wgMemoryLimit = "50M";
2175
2176 /**
2177 * The minimum amount of time that MediaWiki needs for "slow" write request,
2178 * particularly ones with multiple non-atomic writes that *should* be as
2179 * transactional as possible; MediaWiki will call set_time_limit() if needed.
2180 * @since 1.26
2181 */
2182 $wgTransactionalTimeLimit = 120;
2183
2184 /** @} */ # end performance hacks }
2185
2186 /************************************************************************//**
2187 * @name Cache settings
2188 * @{
2189 */
2190
2191 /**
2192 * Directory for caching data in the local filesystem. Should not be accessible
2193 * from the web.
2194 *
2195 * Note: if multiple wikis share the same localisation cache directory, they
2196 * must all have the same set of extensions. You can set a directory just for
2197 * the localisation cache using $wgLocalisationCacheConf['storeDirectory'].
2198 */
2199 $wgCacheDirectory = false;
2200
2201 /**
2202 * Main cache type. This should be a cache with fast access, but it may have
2203 * limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the stock database cache
2204 * is not fast enough to make it worthwhile.
2205 *
2206 * The options are:
2207 *
2208 * - CACHE_ANYTHING: Use anything, as long as it works
2209 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2210 * - CACHE_DB: Store cache objects in the DB
2211 * - CACHE_MEMCACHED: MemCached, must specify servers in $wgMemCachedServers
2212 * - CACHE_ACCEL: APC, XCache or WinCache
2213 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2214 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches.
2215 *
2216 * @see $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType
2217 */
2218 $wgMainCacheType = CACHE_NONE;
2219
2220 /**
2221 * The cache type for storing the contents of the MediaWiki namespace. This
2222 * cache is used for a small amount of data which is expensive to regenerate.
2223 *
2224 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2225 */
2226 $wgMessageCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2227
2228 /**
2229 * The cache type for storing article HTML. This is used to store data which
2230 * is expensive to regenerate, and benefits from having plenty of storage space.
2231 *
2232 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2233 */
2234 $wgParserCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2235
2236 /**
2237 * The cache type for storing session data.
2238 *
2239 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2240 */
2241 $wgSessionCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2242
2243 /**
2244 * The cache type for storing language conversion tables,
2245 * which are used when parsing certain text and interface messages.
2246 *
2247 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2248 *
2249 * @since 1.20
2250 */
2251 $wgLanguageConverterCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2252
2253 /**
2254 * Advanced object cache configuration.
2255 *
2256 * Use this to define the class names and constructor parameters which are used
2257 * for the various cache types. Custom cache types may be defined here and
2258 * referenced from $wgMainCacheType, $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType,
2259 * or $wgLanguageConverterCacheType.
2260 *
2261 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2262 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "class" parameter is the
2263 * class name which will be used. Alternatively, a "factory" parameter may be
2264 * given, giving a callable function which will generate a suitable cache object.
2265 */
2266 $wgObjectCaches = [
2267 CACHE_NONE => [ 'class' => 'EmptyBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2268 CACHE_DB => [ 'class' => 'SqlBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff' ],
2269
2270 CACHE_ANYTHING => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::newAnything' ],
2271 CACHE_ACCEL => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::getLocalServerInstance' ],
2272 CACHE_MEMCACHED => [ 'class' => 'MemcachedPhpBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2273
2274 'db-replicated' => [
2275 'class' => 'ReplicatedBagOStuff',
2276 'readFactory' => [
2277 'class' => 'SqlBagOStuff',
2278 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => true ] ]
2279 ],
2280 'writeFactory' => [
2281 'class' => 'SqlBagOStuff',
2282 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => false ] ]
2283 ],
2284 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff',
2285 'reportDupes' => false
2286 ],
2287
2288 'apc' => [ 'class' => 'APCBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2289 'xcache' => [ 'class' => 'XCacheBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2290 'wincache' => [ 'class' => 'WinCacheBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2291 'memcached-php' => [ 'class' => 'MemcachedPhpBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2292 'memcached-pecl' => [ 'class' => 'MemcachedPeclBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2293 'hash' => [ 'class' => 'HashBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2294 ];
2295
2296 /**
2297 * Main Wide-Area-Network cache type. This should be a cache with fast access,
2298 * but it may have limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the basic stock
2299 * cache is not fast enough to make it worthwhile. For single data-center setups, this can
2300 * simply be pointed to a cache in $wgWANObjectCaches that uses a local $wgObjectCaches
2301 * cache with a relayer of type EventRelayerNull.
2302 *
2303 * The options are:
2304 * - false: Configure the cache using $wgMainCacheType, without using
2305 * a relayer (only matters if there are multiple data-centers)
2306 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2307 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2308 * configuration in $wgWANObjectCaches
2309 * @since 1.26
2310 */
2311 $wgMainWANCache = false;
2312
2313 /**
2314 * Advanced WAN object cache configuration.
2315 *
2316 * Each WAN cache wraps a registered object cache (for the local cluster)
2317 * and it must also be configured to point to a PubSub instance. Subscribers
2318 * must be configured to relay purges to the actual cache servers.
2319 *
2320 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2321 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "cacheId" parameter is
2322 * a cache identifier from $wgObjectCaches. The "channels" parameter is a map of
2323 * actions ('purge') to PubSub channels defined in $wgEventRelayerConfig.
2324 * The "loggroup" parameter controls where log events are sent.
2325 *
2326 * @since 1.26
2327 */
2328 $wgWANObjectCaches = [
2329 CACHE_NONE => [
2330 'class' => 'WANObjectCache',
2331 'cacheId' => CACHE_NONE,
2332 'channels' => []
2333 ]
2334 /* Example of a simple single data-center cache:
2335 'memcached-php' => [
2336 'class' => 'WANObjectCache',
2337 'cacheId' => 'memcached-php',
2338 'channels' => [ 'purge' => 'wancache-main-memcached-purge' ]
2339 ]
2340 */
2341 ];
2342
2343 /**
2344 * Main object stash type. This should be a fast storage system for storing
2345 * lightweight data like hit counters and user activity. Sites with multiple
2346 * data-centers should have this use a store that replicates all writes. The
2347 * store should have enough consistency for CAS operations to be usable.
2348 * Reads outside of those needed for merge() may be eventually consistent.
2349 *
2350 * The options are:
2351 * - db: Store cache objects in the DB
2352 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2353 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches
2354 *
2355 * @since 1.26
2356 */
2357 $wgMainStash = 'db-replicated';
2358
2359 /**
2360 * The expiry time for the parser cache, in seconds.
2361 * The default is 86400 (one day).
2362 */
2363 $wgParserCacheExpireTime = 86400;
2364
2365 /**
2366 * Deprecated alias for $wgSessionsInObjectCache.
2367 *
2368 * @deprecated since 1.20; Use $wgSessionsInObjectCache
2369 */
2370 $wgSessionsInMemcached = true;
2371
2372 /**
2373 * @deprecated since 1.27, session data is always stored in object cache.
2374 */
2375 $wgSessionsInObjectCache = true;
2376
2377 /**
2378 * The expiry time to use for session storage, in seconds.
2379 */
2380 $wgObjectCacheSessionExpiry = 3600;
2381
2382 /**
2383 * @deprecated since 1.27, MediaWiki\Session\SessionManager doesn't use PHP session storage.
2384 */
2385 $wgSessionHandler = null;
2386
2387 /**
2388 * Whether to use PHP session handling ($_SESSION and session_*() functions)
2389 *
2390 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION is defined, this is forced to 'disable'.
2391 *
2392 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION_HANDLER is defined, this is ignored and PHP
2393 * session handling will function independently of SessionHandler.
2394 * SessionHandler and PHP's session handling may attempt to override each
2395 * others' cookies.
2396 *
2397 * @since 1.27
2398 * @var string
2399 * - 'enable': Integrate with PHP's session handling as much as possible.
2400 * - 'warn': Integrate but log warnings if anything changes $_SESSION.
2401 * - 'disable': Throw exceptions if PHP session handling is used.
2402 */
2403 $wgPHPSessionHandling = 'enable';
2404
2405 /**
2406 * Number of internal PBKDF2 iterations to use when deriving session secrets.
2407 *
2408 * @since 1.28
2409 */
2410 $wgSessionPbkdf2Iterations = 10001;
2411
2412 /**
2413 * If enabled, will send MemCached debugging information to $wgDebugLogFile
2414 */
2415 $wgMemCachedDebug = false;
2416
2417 /**
2418 * The list of MemCached servers and port numbers
2419 */
2420 $wgMemCachedServers = [ '127.0.0.1:11211' ];
2421
2422 /**
2423 * Use persistent connections to MemCached, which are shared across multiple
2424 * requests.
2425 */
2426 $wgMemCachedPersistent = false;
2427
2428 /**
2429 * Read/write timeout for MemCached server communication, in microseconds.
2430 */
2431 $wgMemCachedTimeout = 500000;
2432
2433 /**
2434 * Set this to true to maintain a copy of the message cache on the local server.
2435 *
2436 * This layer of message cache is in addition to the one configured by $wgMessageCacheType.
2437 *
2438 * The local copy is put in APC. If APC is not installed, this setting does nothing.
2439 *
2440 * Note that this is about the message cache, which stores interface messages
2441 * maintained as wiki pages. This is separate from the localisation cache for interface
2442 * messages provided by the software, which is configured by $wgLocalisationCacheConf.
2443 */
2444 $wgUseLocalMessageCache = false;
2445
2446 /**
2447 * Instead of caching everything, only cache those messages which have
2448 * been customised in the site content language. This means that
2449 * MediaWiki:Foo/ja is ignored if MediaWiki:Foo doesn't exist.
2450 * This option is probably only useful for translatewiki.net.
2451 */
2452 $wgAdaptiveMessageCache = false;
2453
2454 /**
2455 * Localisation cache configuration. Associative array with keys:
2456 * class: The class to use. May be overridden by extensions.
2457 *
2458 * store: The location to store cache data. May be 'files', 'array', 'db' or
2459 * 'detect'. If set to "files", data will be in CDB files. If set
2460 * to "db", data will be stored to the database. If set to
2461 * "detect", files will be used if $wgCacheDirectory is set,
2462 * otherwise the database will be used.
2463 * "array" is an experimental option that uses PHP files that
2464 * store static arrays.
2465 *
2466 * storeClass: The class name for the underlying storage. If set to a class
2467 * name, it overrides the "store" setting.
2468 *
2469 * storeDirectory: If the store class puts its data in files, this is the
2470 * directory it will use. If this is false, $wgCacheDirectory
2471 * will be used.
2472 *
2473 * manualRecache: Set this to true to disable cache updates on web requests.
2474 * Use maintenance/rebuildLocalisationCache.php instead.
2475 */
2476 $wgLocalisationCacheConf = [
2477 'class' => 'LocalisationCache',
2478 'store' => 'detect',
2479 'storeClass' => false,
2480 'storeDirectory' => false,
2481 'manualRecache' => false,
2482 ];
2483
2484 /**
2485 * Allow client-side caching of pages
2486 */
2487 $wgCachePages = true;
2488
2489 /**
2490 * Set this to current time to invalidate all prior cached pages. Affects both
2491 * client-side and server-side caching.
2492 * You can get the current date on your server by using the command:
2493 * @verbatim
2494 * date +%Y%m%d%H%M%S
2495 * @endverbatim
2496 */
2497 $wgCacheEpoch = '20030516000000';
2498
2499 /**
2500 * Directory where GitInfo will look for pre-computed cache files. If false,
2501 * $wgCacheDirectory/gitinfo will be used.
2502 */
2503 $wgGitInfoCacheDirectory = false;
2504
2505 /**
2506 * Bump this number when changing the global style sheets and JavaScript.
2507 *
2508 * It should be appended in the query string of static CSS and JS includes,
2509 * to ensure that client-side caches do not keep obsolete copies of global
2510 * styles.
2511 */
2512 $wgStyleVersion = '303';
2513
2514 /**
2515 * This will cache static pages for non-logged-in users to reduce
2516 * database traffic on public sites. ResourceLoader requests to default
2517 * language and skins are cached as well as single module requests.
2518 */
2519 $wgUseFileCache = false;
2520
2521 /**
2522 * Depth of the subdirectory hierarchy to be created under
2523 * $wgFileCacheDirectory. The subdirectories will be named based on
2524 * the MD5 hash of the title. A value of 0 means all cache files will
2525 * be put directly into the main file cache directory.
2526 */
2527 $wgFileCacheDepth = 2;
2528
2529 /**
2530 * Kept for extension compatibility; see $wgParserCacheType
2531 * @deprecated since 1.26
2532 */
2533 $wgEnableParserCache = true;
2534
2535 /**
2536 * Append a configured value to the parser cache and the sitenotice key so
2537 * that they can be kept separate for some class of activity.
2538 */
2539 $wgRenderHashAppend = '';
2540
2541 /**
2542 * If on, the sidebar navigation links are cached for users with the
2543 * current language set. This can save a touch of load on a busy site
2544 * by shaving off extra message lookups.
2545 *
2546 * However it is also fragile: changing the site configuration, or
2547 * having a variable $wgArticlePath, can produce broken links that
2548 * don't update as expected.
2549 */
2550 $wgEnableSidebarCache = false;
2551
2552 /**
2553 * Expiry time for the sidebar cache, in seconds
2554 */
2555 $wgSidebarCacheExpiry = 86400;
2556
2557 /**
2558 * When using the file cache, we can store the cached HTML gzipped to save disk
2559 * space. Pages will then also be served compressed to clients that support it.
2560 *
2561 * Requires zlib support enabled in PHP.
2562 */
2563 $wgUseGzip = false;
2564
2565 /**
2566 * Clock skew or the one-second resolution of time() can occasionally cause cache
2567 * problems when the user requests two pages within a short period of time. This
2568 * variable adds a given number of seconds to vulnerable timestamps, thereby giving
2569 * a grace period.
2570 */
2571 $wgClockSkewFudge = 5;
2572
2573 /**
2574 * Invalidate various caches when LocalSettings.php changes. This is equivalent
2575 * to setting $wgCacheEpoch to the modification time of LocalSettings.php, as
2576 * was previously done in the default LocalSettings.php file.
2577 *
2578 * On high-traffic wikis, this should be set to false, to avoid the need to
2579 * check the file modification time, and to avoid the performance impact of
2580 * unnecessary cache invalidations.
2581 */
2582 $wgInvalidateCacheOnLocalSettingsChange = true;
2583
2584 /**
2585 * When loading extensions through the extension registration system, this
2586 * can be used to invalidate the cache. A good idea would be to set this to
2587 * one file, you can just `touch` that one to invalidate the cache
2588 *
2589 * @par Example:
2590 * @code
2591 * $wgExtensionInfoMtime = filemtime( "$IP/LocalSettings.php" );
2592 * @endcode
2593 *
2594 * If set to false, the mtime for each individual JSON file will be checked,
2595 * which can be slow if a large number of extensions are being loaded.
2596 *
2597 * @var int|bool
2598 */
2599 $wgExtensionInfoMTime = false;
2600
2601 /** @} */ # end of cache settings
2602
2603 /************************************************************************//**
2604 * @name HTTP proxy (CDN) settings
2605 *
2606 * Many of these settings apply to any HTTP proxy used in front of MediaWiki,
2607 * although they are referred to as Squid settings for historical reasons.
2608 *
2609 * Achieving a high hit ratio with an HTTP proxy requires special
2610 * configuration. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching for
2611 * more details.
2612 *
2613 * @{
2614 */
2615
2616 /**
2617 * Enable/disable CDN.
2618 * See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching
2619 */
2620 $wgUseSquid = false;
2621
2622 /**
2623 * If you run Squid3 with ESI support, enable this (default:false):
2624 */
2625 $wgUseESI = false;
2626
2627 /**
2628 * Send the Key HTTP header for better caching.
2629 * See https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/draft-fielding-http-key/ for details.
2630 * @since 1.27
2631 */
2632 $wgUseKeyHeader = false;
2633
2634 /**
2635 * Add X-Forwarded-Proto to the Vary and Key headers for API requests and
2636 * RSS/Atom feeds. Use this if you have an SSL termination setup
2637 * and need to split the cache between HTTP and HTTPS for API requests,
2638 * feed requests and HTTP redirect responses in order to prevent cache
2639 * pollution. This does not affect 'normal' requests to index.php other than
2640 * HTTP redirects.
2641 */
2642 $wgVaryOnXFP = false;
2643
2644 /**
2645 * Internal server name as known to CDN, if different.
2646 *
2647 * @par Example:
2648 * @code
2649 * $wgInternalServer = 'http://yourinternal.tld:8000';
2650 * @endcode
2651 */
2652 $wgInternalServer = false;
2653
2654 /**
2655 * Cache TTL for the CDN sent as s-maxage (without ESI) or
2656 * Surrogate-Control (with ESI). Without ESI, you should strip
2657 * out s-maxage in the CDN config.
2658 *
2659 * 18000 seconds = 5 hours, more cache hits with 2678400 = 31 days.
2660 */
2661 $wgSquidMaxage = 18000;
2662
2663 /**
2664 * Cache timeout for the CDN when DB replica DB lag is high
2665 * @see $wgSquidMaxage
2666 * @since 1.27
2667 */
2668 $wgCdnMaxageLagged = 30;
2669
2670 /**
2671 * If set, any SquidPurge call on a URL or URLs will send a second purge no less than
2672 * this many seconds later via the job queue. This requires delayed job support.
2673 * This should be safely higher than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf, so that
2674 * replica DB lag does not cause page to be stuck in stales states in CDN.
2675 *
2676 * This also fixes race conditions in two-tiered CDN setups (e.g. cdn2 => cdn1 => MediaWiki).
2677 * If a purge for a URL reaches cdn2 before cdn1 and a request reaches cdn2 for that URL,
2678 * it will populate the response from the stale cdn1 value. When cdn1 gets the purge, cdn2
2679 * will still be stale. If the rebound purge delay is safely higher than the time to relay
2680 * a purge to all nodes, then the rebound puge will clear cdn2 after cdn1 was cleared.
2681 *
2682 * @since 1.27
2683 */
2684 $wgCdnReboundPurgeDelay = 0;
2685
2686 /**
2687 * Cache timeout for the CDN when a response is known to be wrong or incomplete (due to load)
2688 * @see $wgSquidMaxage
2689 * @since 1.27
2690 */
2691 $wgCdnMaxageSubstitute = 60;
2692
2693 /**
2694 * Default maximum age for raw CSS/JS accesses
2695 *
2696 * 300 seconds = 5 minutes.
2697 */
2698 $wgForcedRawSMaxage = 300;
2699
2700 /**
2701 * List of proxy servers to purge on changes; default port is 80. Use IP addresses.
2702 *
2703 * When MediaWiki is running behind a proxy, it will trust X-Forwarded-For
2704 * headers sent/modified from these proxies when obtaining the remote IP address
2705 *
2706 * For a list of trusted servers which *aren't* purged, see $wgSquidServersNoPurge.
2707 */
2708 $wgSquidServers = [];
2709
2710 /**
2711 * As above, except these servers aren't purged on page changes; use to set a
2712 * list of trusted proxies, etc. Supports both individual IP addresses and
2713 * CIDR blocks.
2714 * @since 1.23 Supports CIDR ranges
2715 */
2716 $wgSquidServersNoPurge = [];
2717
2718 /**
2719 * Whether to use a Host header in purge requests sent to the proxy servers
2720 * configured in $wgSquidServers. Set this to false to support Squid
2721 * configured in forward-proxy mode.
2722 *
2723 * If this is set to true, a Host header will be sent, and only the path
2724 * component of the URL will appear on the request line, as if the request
2725 * were a non-proxy HTTP 1.1 request. Varnish only supports this style of
2726 * request. Squid supports this style of request only if reverse-proxy mode
2727 * (http_port ... accel) is enabled.
2728 *
2729 * If this is set to false, no Host header will be sent, and the absolute URL
2730 * will be sent in the request line, as is the standard for an HTTP proxy
2731 * request in both HTTP 1.0 and 1.1. This style of request is not supported
2732 * by Varnish, but is supported by Squid in either configuration (forward or
2733 * reverse).
2734 *
2735 * @since 1.21
2736 */
2737 $wgSquidPurgeUseHostHeader = true;
2738
2739 /**
2740 * Routing configuration for HTCP multicast purging. Add elements here to
2741 * enable HTCP and determine which purges are sent where. If set to an empty
2742 * array, HTCP is disabled.
2743 *
2744 * Each key in this array is a regular expression to match against the purged
2745 * URL, or an empty string to match all URLs. The purged URL is matched against
2746 * the regexes in the order specified, and the first rule whose regex matches
2747 * is used, all remaining rules will thus be ignored.
2748 *
2749 * @par Example configuration to send purges for upload.wikimedia.org to one
2750 * multicast group and all other purges to another:
2751 * @code
2752 * $wgHTCPRouting = [
2753 * '|^https?://upload\.wikimedia\.org|' => [
2754 * 'host' => '239.128.0.113',
2755 * 'port' => 4827,
2756 * ],
2757 * '' => [
2758 * 'host' => '239.128.0.112',
2759 * 'port' => 4827,
2760 * ],
2761 * ];
2762 * @endcode
2763 *
2764 * You can also pass an array of hosts to send purges too. This is useful when
2765 * you have several multicast groups or unicast address that should receive a
2766 * given purge. Multiple hosts support was introduced in MediaWiki 1.22.
2767 *
2768 * @par Example of sending purges to multiple hosts:
2769 * @code
2770 * $wgHTCPRouting = [
2771 * '' => [
2772 * // Purges to text caches using multicast
2773 * [ 'host' => '239.128.0.114', 'port' => '4827' ],
2774 * // Purges to a hardcoded list of caches
2775 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.1', 'port' => '4827' ],
2776 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.2', 'port' => '4827' ],
2777 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.3', 'port' => '4827' ],
2778 * ],
2779 * ];
2780 * @endcode
2781 *
2782 * @since 1.22
2783 *
2784 * $wgHTCPRouting replaces $wgHTCPMulticastRouting that was introduced in 1.20.
2785 * For back compatibility purposes, whenever its array is empty
2786 * $wgHTCPMutlicastRouting will be used as a fallback if it not null.
2787 *
2788 * @see $wgHTCPMulticastTTL
2789 */
2790 $wgHTCPRouting = [];
2791
2792 /**
2793 * HTCP multicast TTL.
2794 * @see $wgHTCPRouting
2795 */
2796 $wgHTCPMulticastTTL = 1;
2797
2798 /**
2799 * Should forwarded Private IPs be accepted?
2800 */
2801 $wgUsePrivateIPs = false;
2802
2803 /** @} */ # end of HTTP proxy settings
2804
2805 /************************************************************************//**
2806 * @name Language, regional and character encoding settings
2807 * @{
2808 */
2809
2810 /**
2811 * Site language code. See languages/data/Names.php for languages supported by
2812 * MediaWiki out of the box. Not all languages listed there have translations,
2813 * see languages/messages/ for the list of languages with some localisation.
2814 *
2815 * Warning: Don't use language codes listed in $wgDummyLanguageCodes like "no"
2816 * for Norwegian (use "nb" instead), or things will break unexpectedly.
2817 *
2818 * This defines the default interface language for all users, but users can
2819 * change it in their preferences.
2820 *
2821 * This also defines the language of pages in the wiki. The content is wrapped
2822 * in a html element with lang=XX attribute. This behavior can be overridden
2823 * via hooks, see Title::getPageLanguage.
2824 */
2825 $wgLanguageCode = 'en';
2826
2827 /**
2828 * Language cache size, or really how many languages can we handle
2829 * simultaneously without degrading to crawl speed.
2830 */
2831 $wgLangObjCacheSize = 10;
2832
2833 /**
2834 * Some languages need different word forms, usually for different cases.
2835 * Used in Language::convertGrammar().
2836 *
2837 * @par Example:
2838 * @code
2839 * $wgGrammarForms['en']['genitive']['car'] = 'car\'s';
2840 * @endcode
2841 */
2842 $wgGrammarForms = [];
2843
2844 /**
2845 * Treat language links as magic connectors, not inline links
2846 */
2847 $wgInterwikiMagic = true;
2848
2849 /**
2850 * Hide interlanguage links from the sidebar
2851 */
2852 $wgHideInterlanguageLinks = false;
2853
2854 /**
2855 * List of additional interwiki prefixes that should be treated as
2856 * interlanguage links (i.e. placed in the sidebar).
2857 * Notes:
2858 * - This will not do anything unless the prefixes are defined in the interwiki
2859 * map.
2860 * - The display text for these custom interlanguage links will be fetched from
2861 * the system message "interlanguage-link-xyz" where xyz is the prefix in
2862 * this array.
2863 * - A friendly name for each site, used for tooltip text, may optionally be
2864 * placed in the system message "interlanguage-link-sitename-xyz" where xyz is
2865 * the prefix in this array.
2866 */
2867 $wgExtraInterlanguageLinkPrefixes = [];
2868
2869 /**
2870 * List of language names or overrides for default names in Names.php
2871 */
2872 $wgExtraLanguageNames = [];
2873
2874 /**
2875 * List of language codes that don't correspond to an actual language.
2876 * These codes are mostly left-offs from renames, or other legacy things.
2877 * This array makes them not appear as a selectable language on the installer,
2878 * and excludes them when running the transstat.php script.
2879 */
2880 $wgDummyLanguageCodes = [
2881 'als' => 'gsw',
2882 'bat-smg' => 'sgs',
2883 'be-x-old' => 'be-tarask',
2884 'bh' => 'bho',
2885 'fiu-vro' => 'vro',
2886 'no' => 'nb',
2887 'qqq' => 'qqq', # Used for message documentation.
2888 'qqx' => 'qqx', # Used for viewing message keys.
2889 'roa-rup' => 'rup',
2890 'simple' => 'en',
2891 'zh-classical' => 'lzh',
2892 'zh-min-nan' => 'nan',
2893 'zh-yue' => 'yue',
2894 ];
2895
2896 /**
2897 * Set this to true to replace Arabic presentation forms with their standard
2898 * forms in the U+0600-U+06FF block. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
2899 * set to "ar".
2900 *
2901 * Note that pages with titles containing presentation forms will become
2902 * inaccessible, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to fix this.
2903 */
2904 $wgFixArabicUnicode = true;
2905
2906 /**
2907 * Set this to true to replace ZWJ-based chillu sequences in Malayalam text
2908 * with their Unicode 5.1 equivalents. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
2909 * set to "ml". Note that some clients (even new clients as of 2010) do not
2910 * support these characters.
2911 *
2912 * If you enable this on an existing wiki, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to
2913 * fix any ZWJ sequences in existing page titles.
2914 */
2915 $wgFixMalayalamUnicode = true;
2916
2917 /**
2918 * Set this to always convert certain Unicode sequences to modern ones
2919 * regardless of the content language. This has a small performance
2920 * impact.
2921 *
2922 * See $wgFixArabicUnicode and $wgFixMalayalamUnicode for conversion
2923 * details.
2924 *
2925 * @since 1.17
2926 */
2927 $wgAllUnicodeFixes = false;
2928
2929 /**
2930 * Set this to eg 'ISO-8859-1' to perform character set conversion when
2931 * loading old revisions not marked with "utf-8" flag. Use this when
2932 * converting a wiki from MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier to UTF-8 without the
2933 * burdensome mass conversion of old text data.
2934 *
2935 * @note This DOES NOT touch any fields other than old_text. Titles, comments,
2936 * user names, etc still must be converted en masse in the database before
2937 * continuing as a UTF-8 wiki.
2938 */
2939 $wgLegacyEncoding = false;
2940
2941 /**
2942 * Browser Blacklist for unicode non compliant browsers. Contains a list of
2943 * regexps : "/regexp/" matching problematic browsers. These browsers will
2944 * be served encoded unicode in the edit box instead of real unicode.
2945 */
2946 $wgBrowserBlackList = [
2947 /**
2948 * Netscape 2-4 detection
2949 * The minor version may contain strings such as "Gold" or "SGoldC-SGI"
2950 * Lots of non-netscape user agents have "compatible", so it's useful to check for that
2951 * with a negative assertion. The [UIN] identifier specifies the level of security
2952 * in a Netscape/Mozilla browser, checking for it rules out a number of fakers.
2953 * The language string is unreliable, it is missing on NS4 Mac.
2954 *
2955 * Reference: http://www.psychedelix.com/agents/index.shtml
2956 */
2957 '/^Mozilla\/2\.[^ ]+ [^(]*?\((?!compatible).*; [UIN]/',
2958 '/^Mozilla\/3\.[^ ]+ [^(]*?\((?!compatible).*; [UIN]/',
2959 '/^Mozilla\/4\.[^ ]+ [^(]*?\((?!compatible).*; [UIN]/',
2960
2961 /**
2962 * MSIE on Mac OS 9 is teh sux0r, converts þ to <thorn>, ð to <eth>,
2963 * Þ to <THORN> and Ð to <ETH>
2964 *
2965 * Known useragents:
2966 * - Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 5.0; Mac_PowerPC)
2967 * - Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 5.15; Mac_PowerPC)
2968 * - Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 5.23; Mac_PowerPC)
2969 * - [...]
2970 *
2971 * @link https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?diff=12356041&oldid=12355864
2972 * @link https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Template%3AOS9
2973 */
2974 '/^Mozilla\/4\.0 \(compatible; MSIE \d+\.\d+; Mac_PowerPC\)/',
2975
2976 /**
2977 * Google wireless transcoder, seems to eat a lot of chars alive
2978 * https://it.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Luciano_Ligabue&diff=prev&oldid=8857361
2979 */
2980 '/^Mozilla\/4\.0 \(compatible; MSIE 6.0; Windows NT 5.0; Google Wireless Transcoder;\)/'
2981 ];
2982
2983 /**
2984 * If set to true, the MediaWiki 1.4 to 1.5 schema conversion will
2985 * create stub reference rows in the text table instead of copying
2986 * the full text of all current entries from 'cur' to 'text'.
2987 *
2988 * This will speed up the conversion step for large sites, but
2989 * requires that the cur table be kept around for those revisions
2990 * to remain viewable.
2991 *
2992 * This option affects the updaters *only*. Any present cur stub
2993 * revisions will be readable at runtime regardless of this setting.
2994 */
2995 $wgLegacySchemaConversion = false;
2996
2997 /**
2998 * Enable dates like 'May 12' instead of '12 May', if the default date format
2999 * is 'dmy or mdy'.
3000 */
3001 $wgAmericanDates = false;
3002
3003 /**
3004 * For Hindi and Arabic use local numerals instead of Western style (0-9)
3005 * numerals in interface.
3006 */
3007 $wgTranslateNumerals = true;
3008
3009 /**
3010 * Translation using MediaWiki: namespace.
3011 * Interface messages will be loaded from the database.
3012 */
3013 $wgUseDatabaseMessages = true;
3014
3015 /**
3016 * Expiry time for the message cache key
3017 */
3018 $wgMsgCacheExpiry = 86400;
3019
3020 /**
3021 * Maximum entry size in the message cache, in bytes
3022 */
3023 $wgMaxMsgCacheEntrySize = 10000;
3024
3025 /**
3026 * Whether to enable language variant conversion.
3027 */
3028 $wgDisableLangConversion = false;
3029
3030 /**
3031 * Whether to enable language variant conversion for links.
3032 */
3033 $wgDisableTitleConversion = false;
3034
3035 /**
3036 * Default variant code, if false, the default will be the language code
3037 */
3038 $wgDefaultLanguageVariant = false;
3039
3040 /**
3041 * Disabled variants array of language variant conversion.
3042 *
3043 * @par Example:
3044 * @code
3045 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-mo';
3046 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-my';
3047 * @endcode
3048 */
3049 $wgDisabledVariants = [];
3050
3051 /**
3052 * Like $wgArticlePath, but on multi-variant wikis, this provides a
3053 * path format that describes which parts of the URL contain the
3054 * language variant.
3055 *
3056 * @par Example:
3057 * @code
3058 * $wgLanguageCode = 'sr';
3059 * $wgVariantArticlePath = '/$2/$1';
3060 * $wgArticlePath = '/wiki/$1';
3061 * @endcode
3062 *
3063 * A link to /wiki/ would be redirected to /sr/Главна_страна
3064 *
3065 * It is important that $wgArticlePath not overlap with possible values
3066 * of $wgVariantArticlePath.
3067 */
3068 $wgVariantArticlePath = false;
3069
3070 /**
3071 * Show a bar of language selection links in the user login and user
3072 * registration forms; edit the "loginlanguagelinks" message to
3073 * customise these.
3074 */
3075 $wgLoginLanguageSelector = false;
3076
3077 /**
3078 * When translating messages with wfMessage(), it is not always clear what
3079 * should be considered UI messages and what should be content messages.
3080 *
3081 * For example, for the English Wikipedia, there should be only one 'mainpage',
3082 * so when getting the link for 'mainpage', we should treat it as site content
3083 * and call ->inContentLanguage()->text(), but for rendering the text of the
3084 * link, we call ->text(). The code behaves this way by default. However,
3085 * sites like the Wikimedia Commons do offer different versions of 'mainpage'
3086 * and the like for different languages. This array provides a way to override
3087 * the default behavior.
3088 *
3089 * @par Example:
3090 * To allow language-specific main page and community
3091 * portal:
3092 * @code
3093 * $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [ 'mainpage', 'portal-url' ];
3094 * @endcode
3095 */
3096 $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [];
3097
3098 /**
3099 * Fake out the timezone that the server thinks it's in. This will be used for
3100 * date display and not for what's stored in the DB. Leave to null to retain
3101 * your server's OS-based timezone value.
3102 *
3103 * This variable is currently used only for signature formatting and for local
3104 * time/date parser variables ({{LOCALTIME}} etc.)
3105 *
3106 * Timezones can be translated by editing MediaWiki messages of type
3107 * timezone-nameinlowercase like timezone-utc.
3108 *
3109 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
3110 * http://php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
3111 *
3112 * @par Examples:
3113 * @code
3114 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'UTC';
3115 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'GMT';
3116 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'PST8PDT';
3117 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'Europe/Sweden';
3118 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'CET';
3119 * @endcode
3120 */
3121 $wgLocaltimezone = null;
3122
3123 /**
3124 * Set an offset from UTC in minutes to use for the default timezone setting
3125 * for anonymous users and new user accounts.
3126 *
3127 * This setting is used for most date/time displays in the software, and is
3128 * overridable in user preferences. It is *not* used for signature timestamps.
3129 *
3130 * By default, this will be set to match $wgLocaltimezone.
3131 */
3132 $wgLocalTZoffset = null;
3133
3134 /** @} */ # End of language/charset settings
3135
3136 /*************************************************************************//**
3137 * @name Output format and skin settings
3138 * @{
3139 */
3140
3141 /**
3142 * The default Content-Type header.
3143 */
3144 $wgMimeType = 'text/html';
3145
3146 /**
3147 * Previously used as content type in HTML script tags. This is now ignored since
3148 * HTML5 doesn't require a MIME type for script tags (javascript is the default).
3149 * It was also previously used by RawAction to determine the ctype query parameter
3150 * value that will result in a javascript response.
3151 * @deprecated since 1.22
3152 */
3153 $wgJsMimeType = null;
3154
3155 /**
3156 * The default xmlns attribute. The option to define this has been removed.
3157 * The value of this variable is no longer used by core and is set to a fixed
3158 * value in Setup.php for compatibility with extensions that depend on the value
3159 * of this variable being set. Such a dependency however is deprecated.
3160 * @deprecated since 1.22
3161 */
3162 $wgXhtmlDefaultNamespace = null;
3163
3164 /**
3165 * Previously used to determine if we should output an HTML5 doctype.
3166 * This is no longer used as we always output HTML5 now. For compatibility with
3167 * extensions that still check the value of this config it's value is now forced
3168 * to true by Setup.php.
3169 * @deprecated since 1.22
3170 */
3171 $wgHtml5 = true;
3172
3173 /**
3174 * Defines the value of the version attribute in the &lt;html&gt; tag, if any.
3175 *
3176 * If your wiki uses RDFa, set it to the correct value for RDFa+HTML5.
3177 * Correct current values are 'HTML+RDFa 1.0' or 'XHTML+RDFa 1.0'.
3178 * See also http://www.w3.org/TR/rdfa-in-html/#document-conformance
3179 * @since 1.16
3180 */
3181 $wgHtml5Version = null;
3182
3183 /**
3184 * Temporary variable that allows HTMLForms to be rendered as tables.
3185 * Table based layouts cause various issues when designing for mobile.
3186 * This global allows skins or extensions a means to force non-table based rendering.
3187 * Setting to false forces form components to always render as div elements.
3188 * @since 1.24
3189 */
3190 $wgHTMLFormAllowTableFormat = true;
3191
3192 /**
3193 * Temporary variable that applies MediaWiki UI wherever it can be supported.
3194 * Temporary variable that should be removed when mediawiki ui is more
3195 * stable and change has been communicated.
3196 * @since 1.24
3197 */
3198 $wgUseMediaWikiUIEverywhere = false;
3199
3200 /**
3201 * Whether to label the store-to-database-and-show-to-others button in the editor
3202 * as "Save page"/"Save changes" if false (the default) or, if true, instead as
3203 * "Publish page"/"Publish changes".
3204 *
3205 * @since 1.28
3206 */
3207 $wgEditSubmitButtonLabelPublish = false;
3208
3209 /**
3210 * Permit other namespaces in addition to the w3.org default.
3211 *
3212 * Use the prefix for the key and the namespace for the value.
3213 *
3214 * @par Example:
3215 * @code
3216 * $wgXhtmlNamespaces['svg'] = 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg';
3217 * @endcode
3218 * Normally we wouldn't have to define this in the root "<html>"
3219 * element, but IE needs it there in some circumstances.
3220 *
3221 * This is ignored if $wgMimeType is set to a non-XML MIME type.
3222 */
3223 $wgXhtmlNamespaces = [];
3224
3225 /**
3226 * Site notice shown at the top of each page
3227 *
3228 * MediaWiki:Sitenotice page, which will override this. You can also
3229 * provide a separate message for logged-out users using the
3230 * MediaWiki:Anonnotice page.
3231 */
3232 $wgSiteNotice = '';
3233
3234 /**
3235 * If this is set, a "donate" link will appear in the sidebar. Set it to a URL.
3236 */
3237 $wgSiteSupportPage = '';
3238
3239 /**
3240 * Validate the overall output using tidy and refuse
3241 * to display the page if it's not valid.
3242 */
3243 $wgValidateAllHtml = false;
3244
3245 /**
3246 * Default skin, for new users and anonymous visitors. Registered users may
3247 * change this to any one of the other available skins in their preferences.
3248 */
3249 $wgDefaultSkin = 'vector';
3250
3251 /**
3252 * Fallback skin used when the skin defined by $wgDefaultSkin can't be found.
3253 *
3254 * @since 1.24
3255 */
3256 $wgFallbackSkin = 'fallback';
3257
3258 /**
3259 * Specify the names of skins that should not be presented in the list of
3260 * available skins in user preferences. If you want to remove a skin entirely,
3261 * remove it from the skins/ directory and its entry from LocalSettings.php.
3262 */
3263 $wgSkipSkins = [];
3264
3265 /**
3266 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgSkipSkins instead
3267 */
3268 $wgSkipSkin = '';
3269
3270 /**
3271 * Allow user Javascript page?
3272 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3273 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3274 */
3275 $wgAllowUserJs = false;
3276
3277 /**
3278 * Allow user Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3279 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3280 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3281 */
3282 $wgAllowUserCss = false;
3283
3284 /**
3285 * Allow user-preferences implemented in CSS?
3286 * This allows users to customise the site appearance to a greater
3287 * degree; disabling it will improve page load times.
3288 */
3289 $wgAllowUserCssPrefs = true;
3290
3291 /**
3292 * Use the site's Javascript page?
3293 */
3294 $wgUseSiteJs = true;
3295
3296 /**
3297 * Use the site's Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3298 */
3299 $wgUseSiteCss = true;
3300
3301 /**
3302 * Break out of framesets. This can be used to prevent clickjacking attacks,
3303 * or to prevent external sites from framing your site with ads.
3304 */
3305 $wgBreakFrames = false;
3306
3307 /**
3308 * The X-Frame-Options header to send on pages sensitive to clickjacking
3309 * attacks, such as edit pages. This prevents those pages from being displayed
3310 * in a frame or iframe. The options are:
3311 *
3312 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3313 *
3314 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain. This can be used
3315 * to allow framing within a trusted domain. This is insecure if there
3316 * is a page on the same domain which allows framing of arbitrary URLs.
3317 *
3318 * - false: Allow all framing. This opens up the wiki to XSS attacks and thus
3319 * full compromise of local user accounts. Private wikis behind a
3320 * corporate firewall are especially vulnerable. This is not
3321 * recommended.
3322 *
3323 * For extra safety, set $wgBreakFrames = true, to prevent framing on all pages,
3324 * not just edit pages.
3325 */
3326 $wgEditPageFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3327
3328 /**
3329 * Disallow framing of API pages directly, by setting the X-Frame-Options
3330 * header. Since the API returns CSRF tokens, allowing the results to be
3331 * framed can compromise your user's account security.
3332 * Options are:
3333 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3334 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain.
3335 * - false: Allow all framing.
3336 * Note: $wgBreakFrames will override this for human formatted API output.
3337 */
3338 $wgApiFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3339
3340 /**
3341 * Disable output compression (enabled by default if zlib is available)
3342 */
3343 $wgDisableOutputCompression = false;
3344
3345 /**
3346 * Should we allow a broader set of characters in id attributes, per HTML5? If
3347 * not, use only HTML 4-compatible IDs. This option is for testing -- when the
3348 * functionality is ready, it will be on by default with no option.
3349 *
3350 * Currently this appears to work fine in all browsers, but it's disabled by
3351 * default because it normalizes id's a bit too aggressively, breaking preexisting
3352 * content (particularly Cite). See bug 27733, bug 27694, bug 27474.
3353 */
3354 $wgExperimentalHtmlIds = false;
3355
3356 /**
3357 * Abstract list of footer icons for skins in place of old copyrightico and poweredbyico code
3358 * You can add new icons to the built in copyright or poweredby, or you can create
3359 * a new block. Though note that you may need to add some custom css to get good styling
3360 * of new blocks in monobook. vector and modern should work without any special css.
3361 *
3362 * $wgFooterIcons itself is a key/value array.
3363 * The key is the name of a block that the icons will be wrapped in. The final id varies
3364 * by skin; Monobook and Vector will turn poweredby into f-poweredbyico while Modern
3365 * turns it into mw_poweredby.
3366 * The value is either key/value array of icons or a string.
3367 * In the key/value array the key may or may not be used by the skin but it can
3368 * be used to find the icon and unset it or change the icon if needed.
3369 * This is useful for disabling icons that are set by extensions.
3370 * The value should be either a string or an array. If it is a string it will be output
3371 * directly as html, however some skins may choose to ignore it. An array is the preferred format
3372 * for the icon, the following keys are used:
3373 * - src: An absolute url to the image to use for the icon, this is recommended
3374 * but not required, however some skins will ignore icons without an image
3375 * - srcset: optional additional-resolution images; see HTML5 specs
3376 * - url: The url to use in the a element around the text or icon, if not set an a element will
3377 * not be outputted
3378 * - alt: This is the text form of the icon, it will be displayed without an image in
3379 * skins like Modern or if src is not set, and will otherwise be used as
3380 * the alt="" for the image. This key is required.
3381 * - width and height: If the icon specified by src is not of the standard size
3382 * you can specify the size of image to use with these keys.
3383 * Otherwise they will default to the standard 88x31.
3384 * @todo Reformat documentation.
3385 */
3386 $wgFooterIcons = [
3387 "copyright" => [
3388 "copyright" => [], // placeholder for the built in copyright icon
3389 ],
3390 "poweredby" => [
3391 "mediawiki" => [
3392 // Defaults to point at
3393 // "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/poweredby_mediawiki_88x31.png"
3394 // plus srcset for 1.5x, 2x resolution variants.
3395 "src" => null,
3396 "url" => "//www.mediawiki.org/",
3397 "alt" => "Powered by MediaWiki",
3398 ]
3399 ],
3400 ];
3401
3402 /**
3403 * Login / create account link behavior when it's possible for anonymous users
3404 * to create an account.
3405 * - true = use a combined login / create account link
3406 * - false = split login and create account into two separate links
3407 */
3408 $wgUseCombinedLoginLink = false;
3409
3410 /**
3411 * Display user edit counts in various prominent places.
3412 */
3413 $wgEdititis = false;
3414
3415 /**
3416 * Some web hosts attempt to rewrite all responses with a 404 (not found)
3417 * status code, mangling or hiding MediaWiki's output. If you are using such a
3418 * host, you should start looking for a better one. While you're doing that,
3419 * set this to false to convert some of MediaWiki's 404 responses to 200 so
3420 * that the generated error pages can be seen.
3421 *
3422 * In cases where for technical reasons it is more important for MediaWiki to
3423 * send the correct status code than for the body to be transmitted intact,
3424 * this configuration variable is ignored.
3425 */
3426 $wgSend404Code = true;
3427
3428 /**
3429 * The $wgShowRollbackEditCount variable is used to show how many edits can be rolled back.
3430 * The numeric value of the variable controls how many edits MediaWiki will look back to
3431 * determine whether a rollback is allowed (by checking that they are all from the same author).
3432 * If the value is false or 0, the edits are not counted. Disabling this will prevent MediaWiki
3433 * from hiding some useless rollback links.
3434 *
3435 * @since 1.20
3436 */
3437 $wgShowRollbackEditCount = 10;
3438
3439 /**
3440 * Output a <link rel="canonical"> tag on every page indicating the canonical
3441 * server which should be used, i.e. $wgServer or $wgCanonicalServer. Since
3442 * detection of the current server is unreliable, the link is sent
3443 * unconditionally.
3444 */
3445 $wgEnableCanonicalServerLink = false;
3446
3447 /**
3448 * When OutputHandler is used, mangle any output that contains
3449 * <cross-domain-policy>. Without this, an attacker can send their own
3450 * cross-domain policy unless it is prevented by the crossdomain.xml file at
3451 * the domain root.
3452 *
3453 * @since 1.25
3454 */
3455 $wgMangleFlashPolicy = true;
3456
3457 /** @} */ # End of output format settings }
3458
3459 /*************************************************************************//**
3460 * @name ResourceLoader settings
3461 * @{
3462 */
3463
3464 /**
3465 * Client-side resource modules.
3466 *
3467 * Extensions should add their ResourceLoader module definitions
3468 * to the $wgResourceModules variable.
3469 *
3470 * @par Example:
3471 * @code
3472 * $wgResourceModules['ext.myExtension'] = [
3473 * 'scripts' => 'myExtension.js',
3474 * 'styles' => 'myExtension.css',
3475 * 'dependencies' => [ 'jquery.cookie', 'jquery.tabIndex' ],
3476 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3477 * 'remoteExtPath' => 'MyExtension',
3478 * ];
3479 * @endcode
3480 */
3481 $wgResourceModules = [];
3482
3483 /**
3484 * Skin-specific styles for resource modules.
3485 *
3486 * These are later added to the 'skinStyles' list of the existing module. The 'styles' list can
3487 * not be modified or disabled.
3488 *
3489 * For example, here is a module "bar" and how skin Foo would provide additional styles for it.
3490 *
3491 * @par Example:
3492 * @code
3493 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3494 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3495 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3496 * ];
3497 *
3498 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3499 * 'bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3500 * ];
3501 * @endcode
3502 *
3503 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3504 *
3505 * @par Equivalent:
3506 * @code
3507 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3508 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3509 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3510 * 'skinStyles' => [
3511 * 'foo' => skins/Foo/bar.css',
3512 * ],
3513 * ];
3514 * @endcode
3515 *
3516 * If the module already defines its own entry in `skinStyles` for a given skin, then
3517 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles is ignored.
3518 *
3519 * If a module defines a `skinStyles['default']` the skin may want to extend that instead
3520 * of replacing them. This can be done using the `+` prefix.
3521 *
3522 * @par Example:
3523 * @code
3524 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3525 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3526 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3527 * 'skinStyles' => [
3528 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3529 * ],
3530 * ];
3531 * // Note the '+' character:
3532 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3533 * '+bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3534 * ];
3535 * @endcode
3536 *
3537 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3538 *
3539 * @par Equivalent:
3540 * @code
3541 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3542 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3543 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3544 * 'skinStyles' => [
3545 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3546 * 'foo' => [
3547 * 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3548 * 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3549 * ],
3550 * ],
3551 * ];
3552 * @endcode
3553 *
3554 * In other words, as a module author, use the `styles` list for stylesheets that may not be
3555 * disabled by a skin. To provide default styles that may be extended or replaced,
3556 * use `skinStyles['default']`.
3557 *
3558 * As with $wgResourceModules, paths default to being relative to the MediaWiki root.
3559 * You should always provide a localBasePath and remoteBasePath (or remoteExtPath/remoteSkinPath).
3560 *
3561 * @par Example:
3562 * @code
3563 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3564 * 'bar' => 'bar.css',
3565 * 'quux' => 'quux.css',
3566 * 'remoteSkinPath' => 'Foo',
3567 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3568 * ];
3569 * @endcode
3570 */
3571 $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles = [];
3572
3573 /**
3574 * Extensions should register foreign module sources here. 'local' is a
3575 * built-in source that is not in this array, but defined by
3576 * ResourceLoader::__construct() so that it cannot be unset.
3577 *
3578 * @par Example:
3579 * @code
3580 * $wgResourceLoaderSources['foo'] = 'http://example.org/w/load.php';
3581 * @endcode
3582 */
3583 $wgResourceLoaderSources = [];
3584
3585 /**
3586 * The default 'remoteBasePath' value for instances of ResourceLoaderFileModule.
3587 * Defaults to $wgScriptPath.
3588 */
3589 $wgResourceBasePath = null;
3590
3591 /**
3592 * Maximum time in seconds to cache resources served by ResourceLoader.
3593 * Used to set last modified headers (max-age/s-maxage).
3594 *
3595 * Following options to distinguish:
3596 * - versioned: Used for modules with a version, because changing version
3597 * numbers causes cache misses. This normally has a long expiry time.
3598 * - unversioned: Used for modules without a version to propagate changes
3599 * quickly to clients. Also used for modules with errors to recover quickly.
3600 * This normally has a short expiry time.
3601 *
3602 * Expiry time for the options to distinguish:
3603 * - server: Squid/Varnish but also any other public proxy cache between the
3604 * client and MediaWiki.
3605 * - client: On the client side (e.g. in the browser cache).
3606 */
3607 $wgResourceLoaderMaxage = [
3608 'versioned' => [
3609 'server' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3610 'client' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3611 ],
3612 'unversioned' => [
3613 'server' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3614 'client' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3615 ],
3616 ];
3617
3618 /**
3619 * The default debug mode (on/off) for of ResourceLoader requests.
3620 *
3621 * This will still be overridden when the debug URL parameter is used.
3622 */
3623 $wgResourceLoaderDebug = false;
3624
3625 /**
3626 * Put each statement on its own line when minifying JavaScript. This makes
3627 * debugging in non-debug mode a bit easier.
3628 *
3629 * @deprecated since 1.27: Always false; no longer configurable.
3630 */
3631 $wgResourceLoaderMinifierStatementsOnOwnLine = false;
3632
3633 /**
3634 * Maximum line length when minifying JavaScript. This is not a hard maximum:
3635 * the minifier will try not to produce lines longer than this, but may be
3636 * forced to do so in certain cases.
3637 *
3638 * @deprecated since 1.27: Always 1,000; no longer configurable.
3639 */
3640 $wgResourceLoaderMinifierMaxLineLength = 1000;
3641
3642 /**
3643 * Whether to ensure the mediawiki.legacy library is loaded before other modules.
3644 *
3645 * @deprecated since 1.26: Always declare dependencies.
3646 */
3647 $wgIncludeLegacyJavaScript = false;
3648
3649 /**
3650 * Whether or not to assign configuration variables to the global window object.
3651 *
3652 * If this is set to false, old code using deprecated variables will no longer
3653 * work.
3654 *
3655 * @par Example of legacy code:
3656 * @code{,js}
3657 * if ( window.wgRestrictionEdit ) { ... }
3658 * @endcode
3659 * or:
3660 * @code{,js}
3661 * if ( wgIsArticle ) { ... }
3662 * @endcode
3663 *
3664 * Instead, one needs to use mw.config.
3665 * @par Example using mw.config global configuration:
3666 * @code{,js}
3667 * if ( mw.config.exists('wgRestrictionEdit') ) { ... }
3668 * @endcode
3669 * or:
3670 * @code{,js}
3671 * if ( mw.config.get('wgIsArticle') ) { ... }
3672 * @endcode
3673 */
3674 $wgLegacyJavaScriptGlobals = true;
3675
3676 /**
3677 * If set to a positive number, ResourceLoader will not generate URLs whose
3678 * query string is more than this many characters long, and will instead use
3679 * multiple requests with shorter query strings. This degrades performance,
3680 * but may be needed if your web server has a low (less than, say 1024)
3681 * query string length limit or a low value for suhosin.get.max_value_length
3682 * that you can't increase.
3683 *
3684 * If set to a negative number, ResourceLoader will assume there is no query
3685 * string length limit.
3686 *
3687 * Defaults to a value based on php configuration.
3688 */
3689 $wgResourceLoaderMaxQueryLength = false;
3690
3691 /**
3692 * If set to true, JavaScript modules loaded from wiki pages will be parsed
3693 * prior to minification to validate it.
3694 *
3695 * Parse errors will result in a JS exception being thrown during module load,
3696 * which avoids breaking other modules loaded in the same request.
3697 */
3698 $wgResourceLoaderValidateJS = true;
3699
3700 /**
3701 * If set to true, statically-sourced (file-backed) JavaScript resources will
3702 * be parsed for validity before being bundled up into ResourceLoader modules.
3703 *
3704 * This can be helpful for development by providing better error messages in
3705 * default (non-debug) mode, but JavaScript parsing is slow and memory hungry
3706 * and may fail on large pre-bundled frameworks.
3707 */
3708 $wgResourceLoaderValidateStaticJS = false;
3709
3710 /**
3711 * Global LESS variables. An associative array binding variable names to
3712 * LESS code snippets representing their values.
3713 *
3714 * Adding an item here is equivalent to writing `@variable: value;`
3715 * at the beginning of all your .less files, with all the consequences.
3716 * In particular, string values must be escaped and quoted.
3717 *
3718 * Changes to LESS variables do not trigger cache invalidation.
3719 *
3720 * If the LESS variables need to be dynamic, you can use the
3721 * ResourceLoaderGetLessVars hook (since 1.25).
3722 *
3723 * @par Example:
3724 * @code
3725 * $wgResourceLoaderLESSVars = [
3726 * 'baseFontSize' => '1em',
3727 * 'smallFontSize' => '0.75em',
3728 * 'WikimediaBlue' => '#006699',
3729 * ];
3730 * @endcode
3731 * @since 1.22
3732 */
3733 $wgResourceLoaderLESSVars = [
3734 /**
3735 * Minimum available screen width at which a device can be considered a tablet/desktop
3736 * The number is currently based on the device width of a Samsung Galaxy S5 mini and is low
3737 * enough to cover iPad (768px). Number is prone to change with new information.
3738 * @since 1.27
3739 */
3740 'deviceWidthTablet' => '720px',
3741 ];
3742
3743 /**
3744 * Default import paths for LESS modules. LESS files referenced in @import
3745 * statements will be looked up here first, and relative to the importing file
3746 * second. To avoid collisions, it's important for the LESS files in these
3747 * directories to have a common, predictable file name prefix.
3748 *
3749 * Extensions need not (and should not) register paths in
3750 * $wgResourceLoaderLESSImportPaths. The import path includes the path of the
3751 * currently compiling LESS file, which allows each extension to freely import
3752 * files from its own tree.
3753 *
3754 * @since 1.22
3755 */
3756 $wgResourceLoaderLESSImportPaths = [
3757 "$IP/resources/src/mediawiki.less/",
3758 ];
3759
3760 /**
3761 * Whether ResourceLoader should attempt to persist modules in localStorage on
3762 * browsers that support the Web Storage API.
3763 */
3764 $wgResourceLoaderStorageEnabled = true;
3765
3766 /**
3767 * Cache version for client-side ResourceLoader module storage. You can trigger
3768 * invalidation of the contents of the module store by incrementing this value.
3769 *
3770 * @since 1.23
3771 */
3772 $wgResourceLoaderStorageVersion = 1;
3773
3774 /**
3775 * Whether to allow site-wide CSS (MediaWiki:Common.css and friends) on
3776 * restricted pages like Special:UserLogin or Special:Preferences where
3777 * JavaScript is disabled for security reasons. As it is possible to
3778 * execute JavaScript through CSS, setting this to true opens up a
3779 * potential security hole. Some sites may "skin" their wiki by using
3780 * site-wide CSS, causing restricted pages to look unstyled and different
3781 * from the rest of the site.
3782 *
3783 * @since 1.25
3784 */
3785 $wgAllowSiteCSSOnRestrictedPages = false;
3786
3787 /** @} */ # End of ResourceLoader settings }
3788
3789 /*************************************************************************//**
3790 * @name Page title and interwiki link settings
3791 * @{
3792 */
3793
3794 /**
3795 * Name of the project namespace. If left set to false, $wgSitename will be
3796 * used instead.
3797 */
3798 $wgMetaNamespace = false;
3799
3800 /**
3801 * Name of the project talk namespace.
3802 *
3803 * Normally you can ignore this and it will be something like
3804 * $wgMetaNamespace . "_talk". In some languages, you may want to set this
3805 * manually for grammatical reasons.
3806 */
3807 $wgMetaNamespaceTalk = false;
3808
3809 /**
3810 * Additional namespaces. If the namespaces defined in Language.php and
3811 * Namespace.php are insufficient, you can create new ones here, for example,
3812 * to import Help files in other languages. You can also override the namespace
3813 * names of existing namespaces. Extensions should use the CanonicalNamespaces
3814 * hook or extension.json.
3815 *
3816 * @warning Once you delete a namespace, the pages in that namespace will
3817 * no longer be accessible. If you rename it, then you can access them through
3818 * the new namespace name.
3819 *
3820 * Custom namespaces should start at 100 to avoid conflicting with standard
3821 * namespaces, and should always follow the even/odd main/talk pattern.
3822 *
3823 * @par Example:
3824 * @code
3825 * $wgExtraNamespaces = [
3826 * 100 => "Hilfe",
3827 * 101 => "Hilfe_Diskussion",
3828 * 102 => "Aide",
3829 * 103 => "Discussion_Aide"
3830 * ];
3831 * @endcode
3832 *
3833 * @todo Add a note about maintenance/namespaceDupes.php
3834 */
3835 $wgExtraNamespaces = [];
3836
3837 /**
3838 * Same as above, but for namespaces with gender distinction.
3839 * Note: the default form for the namespace should also be set
3840 * using $wgExtraNamespaces for the same index.
3841 * @since 1.18
3842 */
3843 $wgExtraGenderNamespaces = [];
3844
3845 /**
3846 * Namespace aliases.
3847 *
3848 * These are alternate names for the primary localised namespace names, which
3849 * are defined by $wgExtraNamespaces and the language file. If a page is
3850 * requested with such a prefix, the request will be redirected to the primary
3851 * name.
3852 *
3853 * Set this to a map from namespace names to IDs.
3854 *
3855 * @par Example:
3856 * @code
3857 * $wgNamespaceAliases = [
3858 * 'Wikipedian' => NS_USER,
3859 * 'Help' => 100,
3860 * ];
3861 * @endcode
3862 */
3863 $wgNamespaceAliases = [];
3864
3865 /**
3866 * Allowed title characters -- regex character class
3867 * Don't change this unless you know what you're doing
3868 *
3869 * Problematic punctuation:
3870 * - []{}|# Are needed for link syntax, never enable these
3871 * - <> Causes problems with HTML escaping, don't use
3872 * - % Enabled by default, minor problems with path to query rewrite rules, see below
3873 * - + Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to query rewrite rules,
3874 * corrupted by apache
3875 * - ? Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to PATH_INFO rewrites
3876 *
3877 * All three of these punctuation problems can be avoided by using an alias,
3878 * instead of a rewrite rule of either variety.
3879 *
3880 * The problem with % is that when using a path to query rewrite rule, URLs are
3881 * double-unescaped: once by Apache's path conversion code, and again by PHP. So
3882 * %253F, for example, becomes "?". Our code does not double-escape to compensate
3883 * for this, indeed double escaping would break if the double-escaped title was
3884 * passed in the query string rather than the path. This is a minor security issue
3885 * because articles can be created such that they are hard to view or edit.
3886 *
3887 * In some rare cases you may wish to remove + for compatibility with old links.
3888 *
3889 * Theoretically 0x80-0x9F of ISO 8859-1 should be disallowed, but
3890 * this breaks interlanguage links
3891 */
3892 $wgLegalTitleChars = " %!\"$&'()*,\\-.\\/0-9:;=?@A-Z\\\\^_`a-z~\\x80-\\xFF+";
3893
3894 /**
3895 * The interwiki prefix of the current wiki, or false if it doesn't have one.
3896 *
3897 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgLocalInterwikis instead
3898 */
3899 $wgLocalInterwiki = false;
3900
3901 /**
3902 * Array for multiple $wgLocalInterwiki values, in case there are several
3903 * interwiki prefixes that point to the current wiki. If $wgLocalInterwiki is
3904 * set, its value is prepended to this array, for backwards compatibility.
3905 *
3906 * Note, recent changes feeds use only the first entry in this array (or
3907 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if it is set). See $wgRCFeeds
3908 */
3909 $wgLocalInterwikis = [];
3910
3911 /**
3912 * Expiry time for cache of interwiki table
3913 */
3914 $wgInterwikiExpiry = 10800;
3915
3916 /**
3917 * @name Interwiki caching settings.
3918 * @{
3919 */
3920
3921 /**
3922 * Interwiki cache, either as an associative array or a path to a constant
3923 * database (.cdb) file.
3924 *
3925 * This data structure database is generated by the `dumpInterwiki` maintenance
3926 * script (which lives in the WikimediaMaintenance repository) and has key
3927 * formats such as the following:
3928 *
3929 * - dbname:key - a simple key (e.g. enwiki:meta)
3930 * - _sitename:key - site-scope key (e.g. wiktionary:meta)
3931 * - __global:key - global-scope key (e.g. __global:meta)
3932 * - __sites:dbname - site mapping (e.g. __sites:enwiki)
3933 *
3934 * Sites mapping just specifies site name, other keys provide "local url"
3935 * data layout.
3936 *
3937 * @var bool|array|string
3938 */
3939 $wgInterwikiCache = false;
3940
3941 /**
3942 * Specify number of domains to check for messages.
3943 * - 1: Just wiki(db)-level
3944 * - 2: wiki and global levels
3945 * - 3: site levels
3946 */
3947 $wgInterwikiScopes = 3;
3948
3949 /**
3950 * Fallback site, if unable to resolve from cache
3951 */
3952 $wgInterwikiFallbackSite = 'wiki';
3953
3954 /** @} */ # end of Interwiki caching settings.
3955
3956 /**
3957 * @name SiteStore caching settings.
3958 * @{
3959 */
3960
3961 /**
3962 * Specify the file location for the Sites json cache file.
3963 */
3964 $wgSitesCacheFile = false;
3965
3966 /** @} */ # end of SiteStore caching settings.
3967
3968 /**
3969 * If local interwikis are set up which allow redirects,
3970 * set this regexp to restrict URLs which will be displayed
3971 * as 'redirected from' links.
3972 *
3973 * @par Example:
3974 * It might look something like this:
3975 * @code
3976 * $wgRedirectSources = '!^https?://[a-z-]+\.wikipedia\.org/!';
3977 * @endcode
3978 *
3979 * Leave at false to avoid displaying any incoming redirect markers.
3980 * This does not affect intra-wiki redirects, which don't change
3981 * the URL.
3982 */
3983 $wgRedirectSources = false;
3984
3985 /**
3986 * Set this to false to avoid forcing the first letter of links to capitals.
3987 *
3988 * @warning may break links! This makes links COMPLETELY case-sensitive. Links
3989 * appearing with a capital at the beginning of a sentence will *not* go to the
3990 * same place as links in the middle of a sentence using a lowercase initial.
3991 */
3992 $wgCapitalLinks = true;
3993
3994 /**
3995 * @since 1.16 - This can now be set per-namespace. Some special namespaces (such
3996 * as Special, see MWNamespace::$alwaysCapitalizedNamespaces for the full list) must be
3997 * true by default (and setting them has no effect), due to various things that
3998 * require them to be so. Also, since Talk namespaces need to directly mirror their
3999 * associated content namespaces, the values for those are ignored in favor of the
4000 * subject namespace's setting. Setting for NS_MEDIA is taken automatically from
4001 * NS_FILE.
4002 *
4003 * @par Example:
4004 * @code
4005 * $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[ NS_FILE ] = false;
4006 * @endcode
4007 */
4008 $wgCapitalLinkOverrides = [];
4009
4010 /**
4011 * Which namespaces should support subpages?
4012 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4013 */
4014 $wgNamespacesWithSubpages = [
4015 NS_TALK => true,
4016 NS_USER => true,
4017 NS_USER_TALK => true,
4018 NS_PROJECT => true,
4019 NS_PROJECT_TALK => true,
4020 NS_FILE_TALK => true,
4021 NS_MEDIAWIKI => true,
4022 NS_MEDIAWIKI_TALK => true,
4023 NS_TEMPLATE_TALK => true,
4024 NS_HELP => true,
4025 NS_HELP_TALK => true,
4026 NS_CATEGORY_TALK => true
4027 ];
4028
4029 /**
4030 * Array holding default tracking category names.
4031 *
4032 * Array contains the system messages for each tracking category.
4033 * Tracking categories allow pages with certain characteristics to be tracked.
4034 * It works by adding any such page to a category automatically.
4035 *
4036 * A message with the suffix '-desc' should be added as a description message
4037 * to have extra information on Special:TrackingCategories.
4038 *
4039 * @deprecated since 1.25 Extensions should now register tracking categories using
4040 * the new extension registration system.
4041 *
4042 * @since 1.23
4043 */
4044 $wgTrackingCategories = [];
4045
4046 /**
4047 * Array of namespaces which can be deemed to contain valid "content", as far
4048 * as the site statistics are concerned. Useful if additional namespaces also
4049 * contain "content" which should be considered when generating a count of the
4050 * number of articles in the wiki.
4051 */
4052 $wgContentNamespaces = [ NS_MAIN ];
4053
4054 /**
4055 * Array of namespaces, in addition to the talk namespaces, where signatures
4056 * (~~~~) are likely to be used. This determines whether to display the
4057 * Signature button on the edit toolbar, and may also be used by extensions.
4058 * For example, "traditional" style wikis, where content and discussion are
4059 * intermixed, could place NS_MAIN and NS_PROJECT namespaces in this array.
4060 */
4061 $wgExtraSignatureNamespaces = [];
4062
4063 /**
4064 * Max number of redirects to follow when resolving redirects.
4065 * 1 means only the first redirect is followed (default behavior).
4066 * 0 or less means no redirects are followed.
4067 */
4068 $wgMaxRedirects = 1;
4069
4070 /**
4071 * Array of invalid page redirect targets.
4072 * Attempting to create a redirect to any of the pages in this array
4073 * will make the redirect fail.
4074 * Userlogout is hard-coded, so it does not need to be listed here.
4075 * (bug 10569) Disallow Mypage and Mytalk as well.
4076 *
4077 * As of now, this only checks special pages. Redirects to pages in
4078 * other namespaces cannot be invalidated by this variable.
4079 */
4080 $wgInvalidRedirectTargets = [ 'Filepath', 'Mypage', 'Mytalk', 'Redirect' ];
4081
4082 /** @} */ # End of title and interwiki settings }
4083
4084 /************************************************************************//**
4085 * @name Parser settings
4086 * These settings configure the transformation from wikitext to HTML.
4087 * @{
4088 */
4089
4090 /**
4091 * Parser configuration. Associative array with the following members:
4092 *
4093 * class The class name
4094 *
4095 * preprocessorClass The preprocessor class. Two classes are currently available:
4096 * Preprocessor_Hash, which uses plain PHP arrays for temporary
4097 * storage, and Preprocessor_DOM, which uses the DOM module for
4098 * temporary storage. Preprocessor_DOM generally uses less memory;
4099 * the speed of the two is roughly the same.
4100 *
4101 * If this parameter is not given, it uses Preprocessor_DOM if the
4102 * DOM module is available, otherwise it uses Preprocessor_Hash.
4103 *
4104 * The entire associative array will be passed through to the constructor as
4105 * the first parameter. Note that only Setup.php can use this variable --
4106 * the configuration will change at runtime via $wgParser member functions, so
4107 * the contents of this variable will be out-of-date. The variable can only be
4108 * changed during LocalSettings.php, in particular, it can't be changed during
4109 * an extension setup function.
4110 */
4111 $wgParserConf = [
4112 'class' => 'Parser',
4113 # 'preprocessorClass' => 'Preprocessor_Hash',
4114 ];
4115
4116 /**
4117 * Maximum indent level of toc.
4118 */
4119 $wgMaxTocLevel = 999;
4120
4121 /**
4122 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of nodes visited
4123 * by PPFrame::expand()
4124 */
4125 $wgMaxPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4126
4127 /**
4128 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of elements
4129 * generated by Preprocessor::preprocessToObj(). This allows you to limit the
4130 * amount of memory used by the Preprocessor_DOM node cache: testing indicates
4131 * that each element uses about 160 bytes of memory on a 64-bit processor, so
4132 * this default corresponds to about 155 MB.
4133 *
4134 * When the limit is exceeded, an exception is thrown.
4135 */
4136 $wgMaxGeneratedPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4137
4138 /**
4139 * Maximum recursion depth for templates within templates.
4140 * The current parser adds two levels to the PHP call stack for each template,
4141 * and xdebug limits the call stack to 100 by default. So this should hopefully
4142 * stop the parser before it hits the xdebug limit.
4143 */
4144 $wgMaxTemplateDepth = 40;
4145
4146 /**
4147 * @see $wgMaxTemplateDepth
4148 */
4149 $wgMaxPPExpandDepth = 40;
4150
4151 /**
4152 * URL schemes that should be recognized as valid by wfParseUrl().
4153 *
4154 * WARNING: Do not add 'file:' to this or internal file links will be broken.
4155 * Instead, if you want to support file links, add 'file://'. The same applies
4156 * to any other protocols with the same name as a namespace. See bug #44011 for
4157 * more information.
4158 *
4159 * @see wfParseUrl
4160 */
4161 $wgUrlProtocols = [
4162 'bitcoin:', 'ftp://', 'ftps://', 'geo:', 'git://', 'gopher://', 'http://',
4163 'https://', 'irc://', 'ircs://', 'magnet:', 'mailto:', 'mms://', 'news:',
4164 'nntp://', 'redis://', 'sftp://', 'sip:', 'sips:', 'sms:', 'ssh://',
4165 'svn://', 'tel:', 'telnet://', 'urn:', 'worldwind://', 'xmpp:', '//'
4166 ];
4167
4168 /**
4169 * If true, removes (by substituting) templates in signatures.
4170 */
4171 $wgCleanSignatures = true;
4172
4173 /**
4174 * Whether to allow inline image pointing to other websites
4175 */
4176 $wgAllowExternalImages = false;
4177
4178 /**
4179 * If the above is false, you can specify an exception here. Image URLs
4180 * that start with this string are then rendered, while all others are not.
4181 * You can use this to set up a trusted, simple repository of images.
4182 * You may also specify an array of strings to allow multiple sites
4183 *
4184 * @par Examples:
4185 * @code
4186 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = 'http://127.0.0.1/';
4187 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = [ 'http://127.0.0.1/', 'http://example.com' ];
4188 * @endcode
4189 */
4190 $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = '';
4191
4192 /**
4193 * If $wgAllowExternalImages is false, you can allow an on-wiki
4194 * whitelist of regular expression fragments to match the image URL
4195 * against. If the image matches one of the regular expression fragments,
4196 * The image will be displayed.
4197 *
4198 * Set this to true to enable the on-wiki whitelist (MediaWiki:External image whitelist)
4199 * Or false to disable it
4200 */
4201 $wgEnableImageWhitelist = true;
4202
4203 /**
4204 * A different approach to the above: simply allow the "<img>" tag to be used.
4205 * This allows you to specify alt text and other attributes, copy-paste HTML to
4206 * your wiki more easily, etc. However, allowing external images in any manner
4207 * will allow anyone with editing rights to snoop on your visitors' IP
4208 * addresses and so forth, if they wanted to, by inserting links to images on
4209 * sites they control.
4210 */
4211 $wgAllowImageTag = false;
4212
4213 /**
4214 * Configuration for HTML postprocessing tool. Set this to a configuration
4215 * array to enable an external tool. Dave Raggett's "HTML Tidy" is typically
4216 * used. See http://www.w3.org/People/Raggett/tidy/
4217 *
4218 * If this is null and $wgUseTidy is true, the deprecated configuration
4219 * parameters will be used instead.
4220 *
4221 * If this is null and $wgUseTidy is false, a pure PHP fallback will be used.
4222 *
4223 * Keys are:
4224 * - driver: May be:
4225 * - RaggettInternalHHVM: Use the limited-functionality HHVM extension
4226 * - RaggettInternalPHP: Use the PECL extension
4227 * - RaggettExternal: Shell out to an external binary (tidyBin)
4228 * - Html5Depurate: Use external Depurate service
4229 * - Html5Internal: Use the built-in HTML5 balancer
4230 *
4231 * - tidyConfigFile: Path to configuration file for any of the Raggett drivers
4232 * - debugComment: True to add a comment to the output with warning messages
4233 * - tidyBin: For RaggettExternal, the path to the tidy binary.
4234 * - tidyCommandLine: For RaggettExternal, additional command line options.
4235 */
4236 $wgTidyConfig = null;
4237
4238 /**
4239 * Set this to true to use the deprecated tidy configuration parameters.
4240 * @deprecated use $wgTidyConfig
4241 */
4242 $wgUseTidy = false;
4243
4244 /**
4245 * The path to the tidy binary.
4246 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyBin']
4247 */
4248 $wgTidyBin = 'tidy';
4249
4250 /**
4251 * The path to the tidy config file
4252 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyConfigFile']
4253 */
4254 $wgTidyConf = $IP . '/includes/tidy/tidy.conf';
4255
4256 /**
4257 * The command line options to the tidy binary
4258 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyCommandLine']
4259 */
4260 $wgTidyOpts = '';
4261
4262 /**
4263 * Set this to true to use the tidy extension
4264 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['driver']
4265 */
4266 $wgTidyInternal = extension_loaded( 'tidy' );
4267
4268 /**
4269 * Put tidy warnings in HTML comments
4270 * Only works for internal tidy.
4271 */
4272 $wgDebugTidy = false;
4273
4274 /**
4275 * Allow raw, unchecked HTML in "<html>...</html>" sections.
4276 * THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE wgGroupPermissions
4277 * TO RESTRICT EDITING to only those that you trust
4278 */
4279 $wgRawHtml = false;
4280
4281 /**
4282 * Set a default target for external links, e.g. _blank to pop up a new window.
4283 *
4284 * This will also set the "noreferrer" and "noopener" link rel to prevent the
4285 * attack described at https://mathiasbynens.github.io/rel-noopener/ .
4286 * Some older browsers may not support these link attributes, hence
4287 * setting $wgExternalLinkTarget to _blank may represent a security risk
4288 * to some of your users.
4289 */
4290 $wgExternalLinkTarget = false;
4291
4292 /**
4293 * If true, external URL links in wiki text will be given the
4294 * rel="nofollow" attribute as a hint to search engines that
4295 * they should not be followed for ranking purposes as they
4296 * are user-supplied and thus subject to spamming.
4297 */
4298 $wgNoFollowLinks = true;
4299
4300 /**
4301 * Namespaces in which $wgNoFollowLinks doesn't apply.
4302 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4303 */
4304 $wgNoFollowNsExceptions = [];
4305
4306 /**
4307 * If this is set to an array of domains, external links to these domain names
4308 * (or any subdomains) will not be set to rel="nofollow" regardless of the
4309 * value of $wgNoFollowLinks. For instance:
4310 *
4311 * $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'en.wikipedia.org', 'wiktionary.org', 'mediawiki.org' ];
4312 *
4313 * This would add rel="nofollow" to links to de.wikipedia.org, but not
4314 * en.wikipedia.org, wiktionary.org, en.wiktionary.org, us.en.wikipedia.org,
4315 * etc.
4316 *
4317 * Defaults to mediawiki.org for the links included in the software by default.
4318 */
4319 $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'mediawiki.org' ];
4320
4321 /**
4322 * Allow DISPLAYTITLE to change title display
4323 */
4324 $wgAllowDisplayTitle = true;
4325
4326 /**
4327 * For consistency, restrict DISPLAYTITLE to text that normalizes to the same
4328 * canonical DB key. Also disallow some inline CSS rules like display: none;
4329 * which can cause the text to be hidden or unselectable.
4330 */
4331 $wgRestrictDisplayTitle = true;
4332
4333 /**
4334 * Maximum number of calls per parse to expensive parser functions such as
4335 * PAGESINCATEGORY.
4336 */
4337 $wgExpensiveParserFunctionLimit = 100;
4338
4339 /**
4340 * Preprocessor caching threshold
4341 * Setting it to 'false' will disable the preprocessor cache.
4342 */
4343 $wgPreprocessorCacheThreshold = 1000;
4344
4345 /**
4346 * Enable interwiki transcluding. Only when iw_trans=1 in the interwiki table.
4347 */
4348 $wgEnableScaryTranscluding = false;
4349
4350 /**
4351 * Expiry time for transcluded templates cached in transcache database table.
4352 * Only used $wgEnableInterwikiTranscluding is set to true.
4353 */
4354 $wgTranscludeCacheExpiry = 3600;
4355
4356 /**
4357 * Enable the magic links feature of automatically turning ISBN xxx,
4358 * PMID xxx, RFC xxx into links
4359 *
4360 * @since 1.28
4361 */
4362 $wgEnableMagicLinks = [
4363 'ISBN' => true,
4364 'PMID' => true,
4365 'RFC' => true
4366 ];
4367
4368 /** @} */ # end of parser settings }
4369
4370 /************************************************************************//**
4371 * @name Statistics
4372 * @{
4373 */
4374
4375 /**
4376 * Method used to determine if a page in a content namespace should be counted
4377 * as a valid article.
4378 *
4379 * Redirect pages will never be counted as valid articles.
4380 *
4381 * This variable can have the following values:
4382 * - 'any': all pages as considered as valid articles
4383 * - 'comma': the page must contain a comma to be considered valid
4384 * - 'link': the page must contain a [[wiki link]] to be considered valid
4385 *
4386 * See also See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Article_count
4387 *
4388 * Retroactively changing this variable will not affect the existing count,
4389 * to update it, you will need to run the maintenance/updateArticleCount.php
4390 * script.
4391 */
4392 $wgArticleCountMethod = 'link';
4393
4394 /**
4395 * How many days user must be idle before he is considered inactive. Will affect
4396 * the number shown on Special:Statistics, Special:ActiveUsers, and the
4397 * {{NUMBEROFACTIVEUSERS}} magic word in wikitext.
4398 * You might want to leave this as the default value, to provide comparable
4399 * numbers between different wikis.
4400 */
4401 $wgActiveUserDays = 30;
4402
4403 /** @} */ # End of statistics }
4404
4405 /************************************************************************//**
4406 * @name User accounts, authentication
4407 * @{
4408 */
4409
4410 /**
4411 * Central ID lookup providers
4412 * Key is the provider ID, value is a specification for ObjectFactory
4413 * @since 1.27
4414 */
4415 $wgCentralIdLookupProviders = [
4416 'local' => [ 'class' => 'LocalIdLookup' ],
4417 ];
4418
4419 /**
4420 * Central ID lookup provider to use by default
4421 * @var string
4422 */
4423 $wgCentralIdLookupProvider = 'local';
4424
4425 /**
4426 * Password policy for local wiki users. A user's effective policy
4427 * is the superset of all policy statements from the policies for the
4428 * groups where the user is a member. If more than one group policy
4429 * include the same policy statement, the value is the max() of the
4430 * values. Note true > false. The 'default' policy group is required,
4431 * and serves as the minimum policy for all users. New statements can
4432 * be added by appending to $wgPasswordPolicy['checks'].
4433 * Statements:
4434 * - MinimalPasswordLength - minimum length a user can set
4435 * - MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin - passwords shorter than this will
4436 * not be allowed to login, regardless if it is correct.
4437 * - MaximalPasswordLength - maximum length password a user is allowed
4438 * to attempt. Prevents DoS attacks with pbkdf2.
4439 * - PasswordCannotMatchUsername - Password cannot match username to
4440 * - PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist - Username/password combination cannot
4441 * match a specific, hardcoded blacklist.
4442 * - PasswordCannotBePopular - Blacklist passwords which are known to be
4443 * commonly chosen. Set to integer n to ban the top n passwords.
4444 * If you want to ban all common passwords on file, use the
4445 * PHP_INT_MAX constant.
4446 * @since 1.26
4447 */
4448 $wgPasswordPolicy = [
4449 'policies' => [
4450 'bureaucrat' => [
4451 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4452 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4453 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4454 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4455 ],
4456 'sysop' => [
4457 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4458 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4459 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4460 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4461 ],
4462 'bot' => [
4463 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4464 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4465 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4466 ],
4467 'default' => [
4468 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 1,
4469 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4470 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => true,
4471 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 4096,
4472 ],
4473 ],
4474 'checks' => [
4475 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimalPasswordLength',
4476 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimumPasswordLengthToLogin',
4477 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchUsername',
4478 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchBlacklist',
4479 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMaximalPasswordLength',
4480 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPopularPasswordBlacklist'
4481 ],
4482 ];
4483
4484 /**
4485 * Configure AuthManager
4486 *
4487 * All providers are constructed using ObjectFactory, see that for the general
4488 * structure. The array may also contain a key "sort" used to order providers:
4489 * providers are stably sorted by this value, which should be an integer
4490 * (default is 0).
4491 *
4492 * Elements are:
4493 * - preauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PreAuthenticationProviders
4494 * - primaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PrimaryAuthenticationProviders
4495 * - secondaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for SecondaryAuthenticationProviders
4496 *
4497 * @since 1.27
4498 * @note If this is null or empty, the value from $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig is
4499 * used instead. Local customization should generally set this variable from
4500 * scratch to the desired configuration. Extensions that want to
4501 * auto-configure themselves should use $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig instead.
4502 */
4503 $wgAuthManagerConfig = null;
4504
4505 /**
4506 * @see $wgAuthManagerConfig
4507 * @since 1.27
4508 */
4509 $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig = [
4510 'preauth' => [
4511 MediaWiki\Auth\LegacyHookPreAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4512 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\LegacyHookPreAuthenticationProvider::class,
4513 'sort' => 0,
4514 ],
4515 MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4516 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class,
4517 'sort' => 0,
4518 ],
4519 ],
4520 'primaryauth' => [
4521 // TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider should come before
4522 // any other PasswordAuthenticationRequest-based
4523 // PrimaryAuthenticationProvider (or at least any that might return
4524 // FAIL rather than ABSTAIN for a wrong password), or password reset
4525 // won't work right. Do not remove this (or change the key) or
4526 // auto-configuration of other such providers in extensions will
4527 // probably auto-insert themselves in the wrong place.
4528 MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4529 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4530 'args' => [ [
4531 // Fall through to LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider
4532 'authoritative' => false,
4533 ] ],
4534 'sort' => 0,
4535 ],
4536 MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4537 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4538 'args' => [ [
4539 // Last one should be authoritative, or else the user will get
4540 // a less-than-helpful error message (something like "supplied
4541 // authentication info not supported" rather than "wrong
4542 // password") if it too fails.
4543 'authoritative' => true,
4544 ] ],
4545 'sort' => 100,
4546 ],
4547 ],
4548 'secondaryauth' => [
4549 MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4550 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4551 'sort' => 0,
4552 ],
4553 MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4554 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4555 'sort' => 100,
4556 ],
4557 // Linking during login is experimental, enable at your own risk - T134952
4558 // MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4559 // 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4560 // 'sort' => 100,
4561 // ],
4562 MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4563 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4564 'sort' => 200,
4565 ],
4566 ],
4567 ];
4568
4569 /**
4570 * Time frame for re-authentication.
4571 *
4572 * With only password-based authentication, you'd just ask the user to re-enter
4573 * their password to verify certain operations like changing the password or
4574 * changing the account's email address. But under AuthManager, the user might
4575 * not have a password (you might even have to redirect the browser to a
4576 * third-party service or something complex like that), you might want to have
4577 * both factors of a two-factor authentication, and so on. So, the options are:
4578 * - Incorporate the whole multi-step authentication flow within everything
4579 * that needs to do this.
4580 * - Consider it good if they used Special:UserLogin during this session within
4581 * the last X seconds.
4582 * - Come up with a third option.
4583 *
4584 * MediaWiki currently takes the second option. This setting configures the
4585 * "X seconds".
4586 *
4587 * This allows for configuring different time frames for different
4588 * "operations". The operations used in MediaWiki core include:
4589 * - LinkAccounts
4590 * - UnlinkAccount
4591 * - ChangeCredentials
4592 * - RemoveCredentials
4593 * - ChangeEmail
4594 *
4595 * Additional operations may be used by extensions, either explicitly by
4596 * calling AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus(),
4597 * ApiAuthManagerHelper::securitySensitiveOperation() or
4598 * SpecialPage::checkLoginSecurityLevel(), or implicitly by overriding
4599 * SpecialPage::getLoginSecurityLevel() or by subclassing
4600 * AuthManagerSpecialPage.
4601 *
4602 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4603 *
4604 * @since 1.27
4605 * @var int[] operation => time in seconds. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4606 */
4607 $wgReauthenticateTime = [
4608 'default' => 300,
4609 ];
4610
4611 /**
4612 * Whether to allow security-sensitive operations when re-authentication is not possible.
4613 *
4614 * If AuthManager::canAuthenticateNow() is false (e.g. the current
4615 * SessionProvider is not able to change users, such as when OAuth is in use),
4616 * AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus() cannot sensibly return
4617 * SEC_REAUTH. Setting an operation true here will have it return SEC_OK in
4618 * that case, while setting it false will have it return SEC_FAIL.
4619 *
4620 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4621 *
4622 * @since 1.27
4623 * @see $wgReauthenticateTime
4624 * @var bool[] operation => boolean. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4625 */
4626 $wgAllowSecuritySensitiveOperationIfCannotReauthenticate = [
4627 'default' => true,
4628 ];
4629
4630 /**
4631 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not changeable through
4632 * Special:ChangeCredentials and the changeauthenticationdata API.
4633 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4634 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4635 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4636 * @since 1.27
4637 * @var string[]
4638 */
4639 $wgChangeCredentialsBlacklist = [
4640 \MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordAuthenticationRequest::class
4641 ];
4642
4643 /**
4644 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not removable through
4645 * Special:RemoveCredentials and the removeauthenticationdata API.
4646 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4647 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4648 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4649 * @since 1.27
4650 * @var string[]
4651 */
4652 $wgRemoveCredentialsBlacklist = [
4653 \MediaWiki\Auth\PasswordAuthenticationRequest::class,
4654 ];
4655
4656 /**
4657 * For compatibility with old installations set to false
4658 * @deprecated since 1.24 will be removed in future
4659 */
4660 $wgPasswordSalt = true;
4661
4662 /**
4663 * Specifies the minimal length of a user password. If set to 0, empty pass-
4664 * words are allowed.
4665 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MinimalPasswordLength.
4666 */
4667 $wgMinimalPasswordLength = false;
4668
4669 /**
4670 * Specifies the maximal length of a user password (T64685).
4671 *
4672 * It is not recommended to make this greater than the default, as it can
4673 * allow DoS attacks by users setting really long passwords. In addition,
4674 * this should not be lowered too much, as it enforces weak passwords.
4675 *
4676 * @warning Unlike other password settings, user with passwords greater than
4677 * the maximum will not be able to log in.
4678 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MaximalPasswordLength.
4679 */
4680 $wgMaximalPasswordLength = false;
4681
4682 /**
4683 * Specifies if users should be sent to a password-reset form on login, if their
4684 * password doesn't meet the requirements of User::isValidPassword().
4685 * @since 1.23
4686 */
4687 $wgInvalidPasswordReset = true;
4688
4689 /**
4690 * Default password type to use when hashing user passwords
4691 *
4692 * @since 1.24
4693 */
4694 $wgPasswordDefault = 'pbkdf2';
4695
4696 /**
4697 * Configuration for built-in password types. Maps the password type
4698 * to an array of options. The 'class' option is the Password class to
4699 * use. All other options are class-dependent.
4700 *
4701 * An advanced example:
4702 * @code
4703 * $wgPasswordConfig['bcrypt-peppered'] = [
4704 * 'class' => 'EncryptedPassword',
4705 * 'underlying' => 'bcrypt',
4706 * 'secrets' => [],
4707 * 'cipher' => MCRYPT_RIJNDAEL_256,
4708 * 'mode' => MCRYPT_MODE_CBC,
4709 * 'cost' => 5,
4710 * ];
4711 * @endcode
4712 *
4713 * @since 1.24
4714 */
4715 $wgPasswordConfig = [
4716 'A' => [
4717 'class' => 'MWOldPassword',
4718 ],
4719 'B' => [
4720 'class' => 'MWSaltedPassword',
4721 ],
4722 'pbkdf2-legacyA' => [
4723 'class' => 'LayeredParameterizedPassword',
4724 'types' => [
4725 'A',
4726 'pbkdf2',
4727 ],
4728 ],
4729 'pbkdf2-legacyB' => [
4730 'class' => 'LayeredParameterizedPassword',
4731 'types' => [
4732 'B',
4733 'pbkdf2',
4734 ],
4735 ],
4736 'bcrypt' => [
4737 'class' => 'BcryptPassword',
4738 'cost' => 9,
4739 ],
4740 'pbkdf2' => [
4741 'class' => 'Pbkdf2Password',
4742 'algo' => 'sha512',
4743 'cost' => '30000',
4744 'length' => '64',
4745 ],
4746 ];
4747
4748 /**
4749 * Whether to allow password resets ("enter some identifying data, and we'll send an email
4750 * with a temporary password you can use to get back into the account") identified by
4751 * various bits of data. Setting all of these to false (or the whole variable to false)
4752 * has the effect of disabling password resets entirely
4753 */
4754 $wgPasswordResetRoutes = [
4755 'username' => true,
4756 'email' => true,
4757 ];
4758
4759 /**
4760 * Maximum number of Unicode characters in signature
4761 */
4762 $wgMaxSigChars = 255;
4763
4764 /**
4765 * Maximum number of bytes in username. You want to run the maintenance
4766 * script ./maintenance/checkUsernames.php once you have changed this value.
4767 */
4768 $wgMaxNameChars = 255;
4769
4770 /**
4771 * Array of usernames which may not be registered or logged in from
4772 * Maintenance scripts can still use these
4773 */
4774 $wgReservedUsernames = [
4775 'MediaWiki default', // Default 'Main Page' and MediaWiki: message pages
4776 'Conversion script', // Used for the old Wikipedia software upgrade
4777 'Maintenance script', // Maintenance scripts which perform editing, image import script
4778 'Template namespace initialisation script', // Used in 1.2->1.3 upgrade
4779 'ScriptImporter', // Default user name used by maintenance/importSiteScripts.php
4780 'msg:double-redirect-fixer', // Automatic double redirect fix
4781 'msg:usermessage-editor', // Default user for leaving user messages
4782 'msg:proxyblocker', // For $wgProxyList and Special:Blockme (removed in 1.22)
4783 'msg:spambot_username', // Used by cleanupSpam.php
4784 'msg:autochange-username', // Used by anon category RC entries (parser functions, Lua & purges)
4785 ];
4786
4787 /**
4788 * Settings added to this array will override the default globals for the user
4789 * preferences used by anonymous visitors and newly created accounts.
4790 * For instance, to disable editing on double clicks:
4791 * $wgDefaultUserOptions ['editondblclick'] = 0;
4792 */
4793 $wgDefaultUserOptions = [
4794 'ccmeonemails' => 0,
4795 'cols' => 80,
4796 'date' => 'default',
4797 'diffonly' => 0,
4798 'disablemail' => 0,
4799 'editfont' => 'default',
4800 'editondblclick' => 0,
4801 'editsectiononrightclick' => 0,
4802 'enotifminoredits' => 0,
4803 'enotifrevealaddr' => 0,
4804 'enotifusertalkpages' => 1,
4805 'enotifwatchlistpages' => 1,
4806 'extendwatchlist' => 1,
4807 'fancysig' => 0,
4808 'forceeditsummary' => 0,
4809 'gender' => 'unknown',
4810 'hideminor' => 0,
4811 'hidepatrolled' => 0,
4812 'hidecategorization' => 1,
4813 'imagesize' => 2,
4814 'math' => 1,
4815 'minordefault' => 0,
4816 'newpageshidepatrolled' => 0,
4817 'nickname' => '',
4818 'norollbackdiff' => 0,
4819 'numberheadings' => 0,
4820 'previewonfirst' => 0,
4821 'previewontop' => 1,
4822 'rcdays' => 7,
4823 'rclimit' => 50,
4824 'rows' => 25,
4825 'showhiddencats' => 0,
4826 'shownumberswatching' => 1,
4827 'showtoolbar' => 1,
4828 'skin' => false,
4829 'stubthreshold' => 0,
4830 'thumbsize' => 5,
4831 'underline' => 2,
4832 'uselivepreview' => 0,
4833 'usenewrc' => 1,
4834 'watchcreations' => 1,
4835 'watchdefault' => 1,
4836 'watchdeletion' => 0,
4837 'watchuploads' => 1,
4838 'watchlistdays' => 3.0,
4839 'watchlisthideanons' => 0,
4840 'watchlisthidebots' => 0,
4841 'watchlisthideliu' => 0,
4842 'watchlisthideminor' => 0,
4843 'watchlisthideown' => 0,
4844 'watchlisthidepatrolled' => 0,
4845 'watchlisthidecategorization' => 1,
4846 'watchlistreloadautomatically' => 0,
4847 'watchmoves' => 0,
4848 'watchrollback' => 0,
4849 'wllimit' => 250,
4850 'useeditwarning' => 1,
4851 'prefershttps' => 1,
4852 ];
4853
4854 /**
4855 * An array of preferences to not show for the user
4856 */
4857 $wgHiddenPrefs = [];
4858
4859 /**
4860 * Characters to prevent during new account creations.
4861 * This is used in a regular expression character class during
4862 * registration (regex metacharacters like / are escaped).
4863 */
4864 $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters = '@:';
4865
4866 /**
4867 * Character used as a delimiter when testing for interwiki userrights
4868 * (In Special:UserRights, it is possible to modify users on different
4869 * databases if the delimiter is used, e.g. "Someuser@enwiki").
4870 *
4871 * It is recommended that you have this delimiter in
4872 * $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters above, or you will not be able to
4873 * modify the user rights of those users via Special:UserRights
4874 */
4875 $wgUserrightsInterwikiDelimiter = '@';
4876
4877 /**
4878 * This is to let user authenticate using https when they come from http.
4879 * Based on an idea by George Herbert on wikitech-l:
4880 * https://lists.wikimedia.org/pipermail/wikitech-l/2010-October/050039.html
4881 * @since 1.17
4882 */
4883 $wgSecureLogin = false;
4884
4885 /**
4886 * Versioning for authentication tokens.
4887 *
4888 * If non-null, this is combined with the user's secret (the user_token field
4889 * in the DB) to generate the token cookie. Changing this will invalidate all
4890 * active sessions (i.e. it will log everyone out).
4891 *
4892 * @since 1.27
4893 * @var string|null
4894 */
4895 $wgAuthenticationTokenVersion = null;
4896
4897 /**
4898 * MediaWiki\Session\SessionProvider configuration.
4899 *
4900 * Value is an array of ObjectFactory specifications for the SessionProviders
4901 * to be used. Keys in the array are ignored. Order is not significant.
4902 *
4903 * @since 1.27
4904 */
4905 $wgSessionProviders = [
4906 MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class => [
4907 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class,
4908 'args' => [ [
4909 'priority' => 30,
4910 'callUserSetCookiesHook' => true,
4911 ] ],
4912 ],
4913 MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class => [
4914 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class,
4915 'args' => [ [
4916 'priority' => 75,
4917 ] ],
4918 ],
4919 ];
4920
4921 /** @} */ # end user accounts }
4922
4923 /************************************************************************//**
4924 * @name User rights, access control and monitoring
4925 * @{
4926 */
4927
4928 /**
4929 * Number of seconds before autoblock entries expire. Default 86400 = 1 day.
4930 */
4931 $wgAutoblockExpiry = 86400;
4932
4933 /**
4934 * Set this to true to allow blocked users to edit their own user talk page.
4935 */
4936 $wgBlockAllowsUTEdit = true;
4937
4938 /**
4939 * Allow sysops to ban users from accessing Emailuser
4940 */
4941 $wgSysopEmailBans = true;
4942
4943 /**
4944 * Limits on the possible sizes of range blocks.
4945 *
4946 * CIDR notation is hard to understand, it's easy to mistakenly assume that a
4947 * /1 is a small range and a /31 is a large range. For IPv4, setting a limit of
4948 * half the number of bits avoids such errors, and allows entire ISPs to be
4949 * blocked using a small number of range blocks.
4950 *
4951 * For IPv6, RFC 3177 recommends that a /48 be allocated to every residential
4952 * customer, so range blocks larger than /64 (half the number of bits) will
4953 * plainly be required. RFC 4692 implies that a very large ISP may be
4954 * allocated a /19 if a generous HD-Ratio of 0.8 is used, so we will use that
4955 * as our limit. As of 2012, blocking the whole world would require a /4 range.
4956 */
4957 $wgBlockCIDRLimit = [
4958 'IPv4' => 16, # Blocks larger than a /16 (64k addresses) will not be allowed
4959 'IPv6' => 19,
4960 ];
4961
4962 /**
4963 * If true, blocked users will not be allowed to login. When using this with
4964 * a public wiki, the effect of logging out blocked users may actually be
4965 * avers: unless the user's address is also blocked (e.g. auto-block),
4966 * logging the user out will again allow reading and editing, just as for
4967 * anonymous visitors.
4968 */
4969 $wgBlockDisablesLogin = false;
4970
4971 /**
4972 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of pages titles.
4973 *
4974 * @par Example:
4975 * @code
4976 * $wgWhitelistRead = array ( "Main Page", "Wikipedia:Help");
4977 * @endcode
4978 *
4979 * Special:Userlogin and Special:ChangePassword are always whitelisted.
4980 *
4981 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
4982 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
4983 *
4984 * @note Also that this will only protect _pages in the wiki_. Uploaded files
4985 * will remain readable. You can use img_auth.php to protect uploaded files,
4986 * see https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Image_Authorization
4987 */
4988 $wgWhitelistRead = false;
4989
4990 /**
4991 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of regular expressions.
4992 *
4993 * This function will match the regexp against the title name, which
4994 * is without underscore.
4995 *
4996 * @par Example:
4997 * To whitelist [[Main Page]]:
4998 * @code
4999 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "/Main Page/" ];
5000 * @endcode
5001 *
5002 * @note Unless ^ and/or $ is specified, a regular expression might match
5003 * pages not intended to be whitelisted. The above example will also
5004 * whitelist a page named 'Security Main Page'.
5005 *
5006 * @par Example:
5007 * To allow reading any page starting with 'User' regardless of the case:
5008 * @code
5009 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "@^UsEr.*@i" ];
5010 * @endcode
5011 * Will allow both [[User is banned]] and [[User:JohnDoe]]
5012 *
5013 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
5014 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
5015 */
5016 $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = false;
5017
5018 /**
5019 * Should editors be required to have a validated e-mail
5020 * address before being allowed to edit?
5021 */
5022 $wgEmailConfirmToEdit = false;
5023
5024 /**
5025 * Should MediaWiki attempt to protect user's privacy when doing redirects?
5026 * Keep this true if access counts to articles are made public.
5027 */
5028 $wgHideIdentifiableRedirects = true;
5029
5030 /**
5031 * Permission keys given to users in each group.
5032 *
5033 * This is an array where the keys are all groups and each value is an
5034 * array of the format (right => boolean).
5035 *
5036 * The second format is used to support per-namespace permissions.
5037 * Note that this feature does not fully work for all permission types.
5038 *
5039 * All users are implicitly in the '*' group including anonymous visitors;
5040 * logged-in users are all implicitly in the 'user' group. These will be
5041 * combined with the permissions of all groups that a given user is listed
5042 * in in the user_groups table.
5043 *
5044 * Note: Don't set $wgGroupPermissions = []; unless you know what you're
5045 * doing! This will wipe all permissions, and may mean that your users are
5046 * unable to perform certain essential tasks or access new functionality
5047 * when new permissions are introduced and default grants established.
5048 *
5049 * Functionality to make pages inaccessible has not been extensively tested
5050 * for security. Use at your own risk!
5051 *
5052 * This replaces $wgWhitelistAccount and $wgWhitelistEdit
5053 */
5054 $wgGroupPermissions = [];
5055
5056 /** @cond file_level_code */
5057 // Implicit group for all visitors
5058 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createaccount'] = true;
5059 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] = true;
5060 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['edit'] = true;
5061 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createpage'] = true;
5062 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createtalk'] = true;
5063 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['writeapi'] = true;
5064 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5065 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5066 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5067 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5068 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5069 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5070 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5071 # $wgGroupPermissions['*']['patrolmarks'] = false; // let anons see what was patrolled
5072
5073 // Implicit group for all logged-in accounts
5074 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move'] = true;
5075 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-subpages'] = true;
5076 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-rootuserpages'] = true; // can move root userpages
5077 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5078 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['movefile'] = true;
5079 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['read'] = true;
5080 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['edit'] = true;
5081 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createpage'] = true;
5082 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createtalk'] = true;
5083 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['writeapi'] = true;
5084 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['upload'] = true;
5085 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload'] = true;
5086 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5087 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['minoredit'] = true;
5088 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['purge'] = true;
5089 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['sendemail'] = true;
5090 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['applychangetags'] = true;
5091 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['changetags'] = true;
5092 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editcontentmodel'] = true;
5093
5094 // Implicit group for accounts that pass $wgAutoConfirmAge
5095 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5096 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5097
5098 // Users with bot privilege can have their edits hidden
5099 // from various log pages by default
5100 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['bot'] = true;
5101 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5102 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5103 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5104 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autopatrol'] = true;
5105 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5106 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5107 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['writeapi'] = true;
5108
5109 // Most extra permission abilities go to this group
5110 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['block'] = true;
5111 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['createaccount'] = true;
5112 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['delete'] = true;
5113 // can be separately configured for pages with > $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit revs
5114 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['bigdelete'] = true;
5115 // can view deleted history entries, but not see or restore the text
5116 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5117 // can view deleted revision text
5118 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedtext'] = true;
5119 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['undelete'] = true;
5120 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editinterface'] = true;
5121 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editusercss'] = true;
5122 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['edituserjs'] = true;
5123 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['import'] = true;
5124 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['importupload'] = true;
5125 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move'] = true;
5126 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-subpages'] = true;
5127 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5128 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5129 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['patrol'] = true;
5130 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autopatrol'] = true;
5131 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['protect'] = true;
5132 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editprotected'] = true;
5133 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['rollback'] = true;
5134 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload'] = true;
5135 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload'] = true;
5136 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5137 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unwatchedpages'] = true;
5138 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5139 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5140 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5141 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['blockemail'] = true;
5142 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['markbotedits'] = true;
5143 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5144 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['browsearchive'] = true;
5145 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['noratelimit'] = true;
5146 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['movefile'] = true;
5147 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unblockself'] = true;
5148 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5149 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['pagelang'] = true;
5150 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5151 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['mergehistory'] = true;
5152 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['managechangetags'] = true;
5153 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletechangetags'] = true;
5154
5155 // Permission to change users' group assignments
5156 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights'] = true;
5157 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['noratelimit'] = true;
5158 // Permission to change users' groups assignments across wikis
5159 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights-interwiki'] = true;
5160 // Permission to export pages including linked pages regardless of $wgExportMaxLinkDepth
5161 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['override-export-depth'] = true;
5162
5163 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5164 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deleterevision'] = true;
5165 // To hide usernames from users and Sysops
5166 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['hideuser'] = true;
5167 // To hide revisions/log items from users and Sysops
5168 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressrevision'] = true;
5169 // To view revisions/log items hidden from users and Sysops
5170 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['viewsuppressed'] = true;
5171 // For private suppression log access
5172 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressionlog'] = true;
5173
5174 /**
5175 * The developer group is deprecated, but can be activated if need be
5176 * to use the 'lockdb' and 'unlockdb' special pages. Those require
5177 * that a lock file be defined and creatable/removable by the web
5178 * server.
5179 */
5180 # $wgGroupPermissions['developer']['siteadmin'] = true;
5181
5182 /** @endcond */
5183
5184 /**
5185 * Permission keys revoked from users in each group.
5186 *
5187 * This acts the same way as wgGroupPermissions above, except that
5188 * if the user is in a group here, the permission will be removed from them.
5189 *
5190 * Improperly setting this could mean that your users will be unable to perform
5191 * certain essential tasks, so use at your own risk!
5192 */
5193 $wgRevokePermissions = [];
5194
5195 /**
5196 * Implicit groups, aren't shown on Special:Listusers or somewhere else
5197 */
5198 $wgImplicitGroups = [ '*', 'user', 'autoconfirmed' ];
5199
5200 /**
5201 * A map of group names that the user is in, to group names that those users
5202 * are allowed to add or revoke.
5203 *
5204 * Setting the list of groups to add or revoke to true is equivalent to "any
5205 * group".
5206 *
5207 * @par Example:
5208 * To allow sysops to add themselves to the "bot" group:
5209 * @code
5210 * $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [ 'sysop' => [ 'bot' ] ];
5211 * @endcode
5212 *
5213 * @par Example:
5214 * Implicit groups may be used for the source group, for instance:
5215 * @code
5216 * $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [ '*' => true ];
5217 * @endcode
5218 * This allows users in the '*' group (i.e. any user) to remove themselves from
5219 * any group that they happen to be in.
5220 */
5221 $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [];
5222
5223 /**
5224 * @see $wgGroupsAddToSelf
5225 */
5226 $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [];
5227
5228 /**
5229 * Set of available actions that can be restricted via action=protect
5230 * You probably shouldn't change this.
5231 * Translated through restriction-* messages.
5232 * Title::getRestrictionTypes() will remove restrictions that are not
5233 * applicable to a specific title (create and upload)
5234 */
5235 $wgRestrictionTypes = [ 'create', 'edit', 'move', 'upload' ];
5236
5237 /**
5238 * Rights which can be required for each protection level (via action=protect)
5239 *
5240 * You can add a new protection level that requires a specific
5241 * permission by manipulating this array. The ordering of elements
5242 * dictates the order on the protection form's lists.
5243 *
5244 * - '' will be ignored (i.e. unprotected)
5245 * - 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility
5246 * - 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility
5247 */
5248 $wgRestrictionLevels = [ '', 'autoconfirmed', 'sysop' ];
5249
5250 /**
5251 * Restriction levels that can be used with cascading protection
5252 *
5253 * A page can only be protected with cascading protection if the
5254 * requested restriction level is included in this array.
5255 *
5256 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5257 * 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5258 */
5259 $wgCascadingRestrictionLevels = [ 'sysop' ];
5260
5261 /**
5262 * Restriction levels that should be considered "semiprotected"
5263 *
5264 * Certain places in the interface recognize a dichotomy between "protected"
5265 * and "semiprotected", without further distinguishing the specific levels. In
5266 * general, if anyone can be eligible to edit a protection level merely by
5267 * reaching some condition in $wgAutopromote, it should probably be considered
5268 * "semiprotected".
5269 *
5270 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5271 * 'sysop' is not changed, since it really shouldn't be here.
5272 */
5273 $wgSemiprotectedRestrictionLevels = [ 'autoconfirmed' ];
5274
5275 /**
5276 * Set the minimum permissions required to edit pages in each
5277 * namespace. If you list more than one permission, a user must
5278 * have all of them to edit pages in that namespace.
5279 *
5280 * @note NS_MEDIAWIKI is implicitly restricted to 'editinterface'.
5281 */
5282 $wgNamespaceProtection = [];
5283
5284 /**
5285 * Pages in namespaces in this array can not be used as templates.
5286 *
5287 * Elements MUST be numeric namespace ids, you can safely use the MediaWiki
5288 * namespaces constants (NS_USER, NS_MAIN...).
5289 *
5290 * Among other things, this may be useful to enforce read-restrictions
5291 * which may otherwise be bypassed by using the template mechanism.
5292 */
5293 $wgNonincludableNamespaces = [];
5294
5295 /**
5296 * Number of seconds an account is required to age before it's given the
5297 * implicit 'autoconfirm' group membership. This can be used to limit
5298 * privileges of new accounts.
5299 *
5300 * Accounts created by earlier versions of the software may not have a
5301 * recorded creation date, and will always be considered to pass the age test.
5302 *
5303 * When left at 0, all registered accounts will pass.
5304 *
5305 * @par Example:
5306 * Set automatic confirmation to 10 minutes (which is 600 seconds):
5307 * @code
5308 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 600; // ten minutes
5309 * @endcode
5310 * Set age to one day:
5311 * @code
5312 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 3600*24; // one day
5313 * @endcode
5314 */
5315 $wgAutoConfirmAge = 0;
5316
5317 /**
5318 * Number of edits an account requires before it is autoconfirmed.
5319 * Passing both this AND the time requirement is needed. Example:
5320 *
5321 * @par Example:
5322 * @code
5323 * $wgAutoConfirmCount = 50;
5324 * @endcode
5325 */
5326 $wgAutoConfirmCount = 0;
5327
5328 /**
5329 * Automatically add a usergroup to any user who matches certain conditions.
5330 *
5331 * @todo Redocument $wgAutopromote
5332 *
5333 * The format is
5334 * [ '&' or '|' or '^' or '!', cond1, cond2, ... ]
5335 * where cond1, cond2, ... are themselves conditions; *OR*
5336 * APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED, *OR*
5337 * [ APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED ], *OR*
5338 * [ APCOND_EDITCOUNT, number of edits ], *OR*
5339 * [ APCOND_AGE, seconds since registration ], *OR*
5340 * [ APCOND_INGROUPS, group1, group2, ... ], *OR*
5341 * [ APCOND_ISIP, ip ], *OR*
5342 * [ APCOND_IPINRANGE, range ], *OR*
5343 * [ APCOND_AGE_FROM_EDIT, seconds since first edit ], *OR*
5344 * [ APCOND_BLOCKED ], *OR*
5345 * [ APCOND_ISBOT ], *OR*
5346 * similar constructs defined by extensions.
5347 *
5348 * If $wgEmailAuthentication is off, APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED will be true for any
5349 * user who has provided an e-mail address.
5350 */
5351 $wgAutopromote = [
5352 'autoconfirmed' => [ '&',
5353 [ APCOND_EDITCOUNT, &$wgAutoConfirmCount ],
5354 [ APCOND_AGE, &$wgAutoConfirmAge ],
5355 ],
5356 ];
5357
5358 /**
5359 * Automatically add a usergroup to any user who matches certain conditions.
5360 *
5361 * Does not add the user to the group again if it has been removed.
5362 * Also, does not remove the group if the user no longer meets the criteria.
5363 *
5364 * The format is:
5365 * @code
5366 * [ event => criteria, ... ]
5367 * @endcode
5368 * Where event is either:
5369 * - 'onEdit' (when user edits)
5370 *
5371 * Criteria has the same format as $wgAutopromote
5372 *
5373 * @see $wgAutopromote
5374 * @since 1.18
5375 */
5376 $wgAutopromoteOnce = [
5377 'onEdit' => [],
5378 ];
5379
5380 /**
5381 * Put user rights log entries for autopromotion in recent changes?
5382 * @since 1.18
5383 */
5384 $wgAutopromoteOnceLogInRC = true;
5385
5386 /**
5387 * $wgAddGroups and $wgRemoveGroups can be used to give finer control over who
5388 * can assign which groups at Special:Userrights.
5389 *
5390 * @par Example:
5391 * Bureaucrats can add any group:
5392 * @code
5393 * $wgAddGroups['bureaucrat'] = true;
5394 * @endcode
5395 * Bureaucrats can only remove bots and sysops:
5396 * @code
5397 * $wgRemoveGroups['bureaucrat'] = [ 'bot', 'sysop' ];
5398 * @endcode
5399 * Sysops can make bots:
5400 * @code
5401 * $wgAddGroups['sysop'] = [ 'bot' ];
5402 * @endcode
5403 * Sysops can disable other sysops in an emergency, and disable bots:
5404 * @code
5405 * $wgRemoveGroups['sysop'] = [ 'sysop', 'bot' ];
5406 * @endcode
5407 */
5408 $wgAddGroups = [];
5409
5410 /**
5411 * @see $wgAddGroups
5412 */
5413 $wgRemoveGroups = [];
5414
5415 /**
5416 * A list of available rights, in addition to the ones defined by the core.
5417 * For extensions only.
5418 */
5419 $wgAvailableRights = [];
5420
5421 /**
5422 * Optional to restrict deletion of pages with higher revision counts
5423 * to users with the 'bigdelete' permission. (Default given to sysops.)
5424 */
5425 $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit = 0;
5426
5427 /**
5428 * The maximum number of edits a user can have and
5429 * can still be hidden by users with the hideuser permission.
5430 * This is limited for performance reason.
5431 * Set to false to disable the limit.
5432 * @since 1.23
5433 */
5434 $wgHideUserContribLimit = 1000;
5435
5436 /**
5437 * Number of accounts each IP address may create, 0 to disable.
5438 *
5439 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5440 */
5441 $wgAccountCreationThrottle = 0;
5442
5443 /**
5444 * Edits matching these regular expressions in body text
5445 * will be recognised as spam and rejected automatically.
5446 *
5447 * There's no administrator override on-wiki, so be careful what you set. :)
5448 * May be an array of regexes or a single string for backwards compatibility.
5449 *
5450 * @see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression
5451 *
5452 * @note Each regex needs a beginning/end delimiter, eg: # or /
5453 */
5454 $wgSpamRegex = [];
5455
5456 /**
5457 * Same as the above except for edit summaries
5458 */
5459 $wgSummarySpamRegex = [];
5460
5461 /**
5462 * Whether to use DNS blacklists in $wgDnsBlacklistUrls to check for open
5463 * proxies
5464 * @since 1.16
5465 */
5466 $wgEnableDnsBlacklist = false;
5467
5468 /**
5469 * List of DNS blacklists to use, if $wgEnableDnsBlacklist is true.
5470 *
5471 * This is an array of either a URL or an array with the URL and a key (should
5472 * the blacklist require a key).
5473 *
5474 * @par Example:
5475 * @code
5476 * $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [
5477 * // String containing URL
5478 * 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.',
5479 * // Array with URL and key, for services that require a key
5480 * [ 'dnsbl.httpbl.net.', 'mykey' ],
5481 * // Array with just the URL. While this works, it is recommended that you
5482 * // just use a string as shown above
5483 * [ 'opm.tornevall.org.' ]
5484 * ];
5485 * @endcode
5486 *
5487 * @note You should end the domain name with a . to avoid searching your
5488 * eventual domain search suffixes.
5489 * @since 1.16
5490 */
5491 $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [ 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.' ];
5492
5493 /**
5494 * Proxy whitelist, list of addresses that are assumed to be non-proxy despite
5495 * what the other methods might say.
5496 */
5497 $wgProxyWhitelist = [];
5498
5499 /**
5500 * Whether to look at the X-Forwarded-For header's list of (potentially spoofed)
5501 * IPs and apply IP blocks to them. This allows for IP blocks to work with correctly-configured
5502 * (transparent) proxies without needing to block the proxies themselves.
5503 */
5504 $wgApplyIpBlocksToXff = false;
5505
5506 /**
5507 * Simple rate limiter options to brake edit floods.
5508 *
5509 * Maximum number actions allowed in the given number of seconds; after that
5510 * the violating client receives HTTP 500 error pages until the period
5511 * elapses.
5512 *
5513 * @par Example:
5514 * To set a generic maximum of 4 hits in 60 seconds:
5515 * @code
5516 * $wgRateLimits = [ 4, 60 ];
5517 * @endcode
5518 *
5519 * @par Example:
5520 * You could also limit per action and then type of users.
5521 * @code
5522 * $wgRateLimits = [
5523 * 'edit' => [
5524 * 'anon' => [ x, y ], // any and all anonymous edits (aggregate)
5525 * 'user' => [ x, y ], // each logged-in user
5526 * 'newbie' => [ x, y ], // each new autoconfirmed accounts; overrides 'user'
5527 * 'ip' => [ x, y ], // each anon and recent account
5528 * 'subnet' => [ x, y ], // ... within a /24 subnet in IPv4 or /64 in IPv6
5529 * ]
5530 * ]
5531 * @endcode
5532 *
5533 * @warning Requires that $wgMainCacheType is set to something persistent
5534 */
5535 $wgRateLimits = [
5536 // Page edits
5537 'edit' => [
5538 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5539 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5540 ],
5541 // Page moves
5542 'move' => [
5543 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
5544 'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
5545 ],
5546 // File uploads
5547 'upload' => [
5548 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5549 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5550 ],
5551 // Page rollbacks
5552 'rollback' => [
5553 'user' => [ 10, 60 ],
5554 'newbie' => [ 5, 120 ]
5555 ],
5556 // Triggering password resets emails
5557 'mailpassword' => [
5558 'ip' => [ 5, 3600 ],
5559 ],
5560 // Emailing other users using MediaWiki
5561 'emailuser' => [
5562 'ip' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5563 'newbie' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5564 'user' => [ 20, 86400 ],
5565 ],
5566 // Purging pages
5567 'purge' => [
5568 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5569 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5570 ],
5571 // Purges of link tables
5572 'linkpurge' => [
5573 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5574 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5575 ],
5576 // Files rendered via thumb.php or thumb_handler.php
5577 'renderfile' => [
5578 'ip' => [ 700, 30 ],
5579 'user' => [ 700, 30 ],
5580 ],
5581 // Same as above but for non-standard thumbnails
5582 'renderfile-nonstandard' => [
5583 'ip' => [ 70, 30 ],
5584 'user' => [ 70, 30 ],
5585 ],
5586 // Stashing edits into cache before save
5587 'stashedit' => [
5588 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5589 'newbie' => [ 30, 60 ],
5590 ],
5591 // Adding or removing change tags
5592 'changetag' => [
5593 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5594 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5595 ],
5596 // Changing the content model of a page
5597 'editcontentmodel' => [
5598 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
5599 'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
5600 ],
5601 ];
5602
5603 /**
5604 * Array of IPs which should be excluded from rate limits.
5605 * This may be useful for whitelisting NAT gateways for conferences, etc.
5606 */
5607 $wgRateLimitsExcludedIPs = [];
5608
5609 /**
5610 * Log IP addresses in the recentchanges table; can be accessed only by
5611 * extensions (e.g. CheckUser) or a DB admin
5612 * Used for retroactive autoblocks
5613 */
5614 $wgPutIPinRC = true;
5615
5616 /**
5617 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
5618 * special pages which are query-pages such as Special:Whatlinkshere.
5619 */
5620 $wgQueryPageDefaultLimit = 50;
5621
5622 /**
5623 * Limit password attempts to X attempts per Y seconds per IP per account.
5624 *
5625 * Value is an array of arrays. Each sub-array must have a key for count
5626 * (ie count of how many attempts before throttle) and a key for seconds.
5627 * If the key 'allIPs' (case sensitive) is present, then the limit is
5628 * just per account instead of per IP per account.
5629 *
5630 * @since 1.27 allIps support and multiple limits added in 1.27. Prior
5631 * to 1.27 this only supported having a single throttle.
5632 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5633 */
5634 $wgPasswordAttemptThrottle = [
5635 // Short term limit
5636 [ 'count' => 5, 'seconds' => 300 ],
5637 // Long term limit. We need to balance the risk
5638 // of somebody using this as a DoS attack to lock someone
5639 // out of their account, and someone doing a brute force attack.
5640 [ 'count' => 150, 'seconds' => 60*60*48 ],
5641 ];
5642
5643 /**
5644 * @var Array Map of (grant => right => boolean)
5645 * Users authorize consumers (like Apps) to act on their behalf but only with
5646 * a subset of the user's normal account rights (signed off on by the user).
5647 * The possible rights to grant to a consumer are bundled into groups called
5648 * "grants". Each grant defines some rights it lets consumers inherit from the
5649 * account they may act on behalf of. Note that a user granting a right does
5650 * nothing if that user does not actually have that right to begin with.
5651 * @since 1.27
5652 */
5653 $wgGrantPermissions = [];
5654
5655 // @TODO: clean up grants
5656 // @TODO: auto-include read/editsemiprotected rights?
5657
5658 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5659 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autopatrol'] = true;
5660 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5661 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5662 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5663 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['patrolmarks'] = true;
5664 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['purge'] = true;
5665 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['read'] = true;
5666 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['skipcaptcha'] = true;
5667 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['writeapi'] = true;
5668
5669 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['bot'] = true;
5670 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5671 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['noratelimit'] = true;
5672 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['markbotedits'] = true;
5673
5674 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['edit'] = true;
5675 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['minoredit'] = true;
5676 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['applychangetags'] = true;
5677 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['changetags'] = true;
5678
5679 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5680 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected']['editprotected'] = true;
5681
5682 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5683 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5684 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5685
5686 $wgGrantPermissions['editmyoptions']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5687
5688 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5689 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editinterface'] = true;
5690 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editusercss'] = true;
5691 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['edituserjs'] = true;
5692
5693 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5694 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createpage'] = true;
5695 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createtalk'] = true;
5696 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move'] = true;
5697 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5698 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-subpages'] = true;
5699 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5700
5701 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['upload'] = true;
5702 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['reupload-own'] = true;
5703
5704 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile'] = $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile'];
5705 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload'] = true;
5706 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5707 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5708 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['movefile'] = true;
5709 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5710
5711 $wgGrantPermissions['patrol']['patrol'] = true;
5712
5713 $wgGrantPermissions['rollback']['rollback'] = true;
5714
5715 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['block'] = true;
5716 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['blockemail'] = true;
5717
5718 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['browsearchive'] = true;
5719 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5720 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedtext'] = true;
5721
5722 $wgGrantPermissions['delete'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'] +
5723 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted'];
5724 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['delete'] = true;
5725 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['bigdelete'] = true;
5726 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5727 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deleterevision'] = true;
5728 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['undelete'] = true;
5729
5730 $wgGrantPermissions['protect'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'];
5731 $wgGrantPermissions['protect']['protect'] = true;
5732
5733 $wgGrantPermissions['viewmywatchlist']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5734
5735 $wgGrantPermissions['editmywatchlist']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5736
5737 $wgGrantPermissions['sendemail']['sendemail'] = true;
5738
5739 $wgGrantPermissions['createaccount']['createaccount'] = true;
5740
5741 $wgGrantPermissions['privateinfo']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5742
5743 /**
5744 * @var Array Map of grants to their UI grouping
5745 * @since 1.27
5746 */
5747 $wgGrantPermissionGroups = [
5748 // Hidden grants are implicitly present
5749 'basic' => 'hidden',
5750
5751 'editpage' => 'page-interaction',
5752 'createeditmovepage' => 'page-interaction',
5753 'editprotected' => 'page-interaction',
5754 'patrol' => 'page-interaction',
5755
5756 'uploadfile' => 'file-interaction',
5757 'uploadeditmovefile' => 'file-interaction',
5758
5759 'sendemail' => 'email',
5760
5761 'viewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5762 'editviewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5763
5764 'editmycssjs' => 'customization',
5765 'editmyoptions' => 'customization',
5766
5767 'editinterface' => 'administration',
5768 'rollback' => 'administration',
5769 'blockusers' => 'administration',
5770 'delete' => 'administration',
5771 'viewdeleted' => 'administration',
5772 'protect' => 'administration',
5773 'createaccount' => 'administration',
5774
5775 'highvolume' => 'high-volume',
5776
5777 'privateinfo' => 'private-information',
5778 ];
5779
5780 /**
5781 * @var bool Whether to enable bot passwords
5782 * @since 1.27
5783 */
5784 $wgEnableBotPasswords = true;
5785
5786 /**
5787 * Cluster for the bot_passwords table
5788 * @var string|bool If false, the normal cluster will be used
5789 * @since 1.27
5790 */
5791 $wgBotPasswordsCluster = false;
5792
5793 /**
5794 * Database name for the bot_passwords table
5795 *
5796 * To use a database with a table prefix, set this variable to
5797 * "{$database}-{$prefix}".
5798 * @var string|bool If false, the normal database will be used
5799 * @since 1.27
5800 */
5801 $wgBotPasswordsDatabase = false;
5802
5803 /** @} */ # end of user rights settings
5804
5805 /************************************************************************//**
5806 * @name Proxy scanner settings
5807 * @{
5808 */
5809
5810 /**
5811 * This should always be customised in LocalSettings.php
5812 */
5813 $wgSecretKey = false;
5814
5815 /**
5816 * Big list of banned IP addresses.
5817 *
5818 * This can have the following formats:
5819 * - An array of addresses, either in the values
5820 * or the keys (for backward compatibility)
5821 * - A string, in that case this is the path to a file
5822 * containing the list of IP addresses, one per line
5823 */
5824 $wgProxyList = [];
5825
5826 /** @} */ # end of proxy scanner settings
5827
5828 /************************************************************************//**
5829 * @name Cookie settings
5830 * @{
5831 */
5832
5833 /**
5834 * Default cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting to 0 makes all cookies session-only.
5835 */
5836 $wgCookieExpiration = 180 * 86400;
5837
5838 /**
5839 * Default login cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting
5840 * $wgExtendLoginCookieExpiration to null will use $wgCookieExpiration to
5841 * calculate the cookie lifetime. As with $wgCookieExpiration, 0 will make
5842 * login cookies session-only.
5843 */
5844 $wgExtendedLoginCookieExpiration = null;
5845
5846 /**
5847 * Set to set an explicit domain on the login cookies eg, "justthis.domain.org"
5848 * or ".any.subdomain.net"
5849 */
5850 $wgCookieDomain = '';
5851
5852 /**
5853 * Set this variable if you want to restrict cookies to a certain path within
5854 * the domain specified by $wgCookieDomain.
5855 */
5856 $wgCookiePath = '/';
5857
5858 /**
5859 * Whether the "secure" flag should be set on the cookie. This can be:
5860 * - true: Set secure flag
5861 * - false: Don't set secure flag
5862 * - "detect": Set the secure flag if $wgServer is set to an HTTPS URL
5863 */
5864 $wgCookieSecure = 'detect';
5865
5866 /**
5867 * By default, MediaWiki checks if the client supports cookies during the
5868 * login process, so that it can display an informative error message if
5869 * cookies are disabled. Set this to true if you want to disable this cookie
5870 * check.
5871 */
5872 $wgDisableCookieCheck = false;
5873
5874 /**
5875 * Cookies generated by MediaWiki have names starting with this prefix. Set it
5876 * to a string to use a custom prefix. Setting it to false causes the database
5877 * name to be used as a prefix.
5878 */
5879 $wgCookiePrefix = false;
5880
5881 /**
5882 * Set authentication cookies to HttpOnly to prevent access by JavaScript,
5883 * in browsers that support this feature. This can mitigates some classes of
5884 * XSS attack.
5885 */
5886 $wgCookieHttpOnly = true;
5887
5888 /**
5889 * A list of cookies that vary the cache (for use by extensions)
5890 */
5891 $wgCacheVaryCookies = [];
5892
5893 /**
5894 * Override to customise the session name
5895 */
5896 $wgSessionName = false;
5897
5898 /** @} */ # end of cookie settings }
5899
5900 /************************************************************************//**
5901 * @name LaTeX (mathematical formulas)
5902 * @{
5903 */
5904
5905 /**
5906 * To use inline TeX, you need to compile 'texvc' (in the 'math' subdirectory of
5907 * the MediaWiki package and have latex, dvips, gs (ghostscript), andconvert
5908 * (ImageMagick) installed and available in the PATH.
5909 * Please see math/README for more information.
5910 */
5911 $wgUseTeX = false;
5912
5913 /** @} */ # end LaTeX }
5914
5915 /************************************************************************//**
5916 * @name Profiling, testing and debugging
5917 *
5918 * To enable profiling, edit StartProfiler.php
5919 *
5920 * @{
5921 */
5922
5923 /**
5924 * Filename for debug logging. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/How_to_debug
5925 * The debug log file should be not be publicly accessible if it is used, as it
5926 * may contain private data.
5927 */
5928 $wgDebugLogFile = '';
5929
5930 /**
5931 * Prefix for debug log lines
5932 */
5933 $wgDebugLogPrefix = '';
5934
5935 /**
5936 * If true, instead of redirecting, show a page with a link to the redirect
5937 * destination. This allows for the inspection of PHP error messages, and easy
5938 * resubmission of form data. For developer use only.
5939 */
5940 $wgDebugRedirects = false;
5941
5942 /**
5943 * If true, log debugging data from action=raw and load.php.
5944 * This is normally false to avoid overlapping debug entries due to gen=css
5945 * and gen=js requests.
5946 */
5947 $wgDebugRawPage = false;
5948
5949 /**
5950 * Send debug data to an HTML comment in the output.
5951 *
5952 * This may occasionally be useful when supporting a non-technical end-user.
5953 * It's more secure than exposing the debug log file to the web, since the
5954 * output only contains private data for the current user. But it's not ideal
5955 * for development use since data is lost on fatal errors and redirects.
5956 */
5957 $wgDebugComments = false;
5958
5959 /**
5960 * Write SQL queries to the debug log.
5961 *
5962 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
5963 * 'LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
5964 * the DBO_DEBUG flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
5965 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
5966 */
5967 $wgDebugDumpSql = false;
5968
5969 /**
5970 * Performance expectations for DB usage
5971 *
5972 * @since 1.26
5973 */
5974 $wgTrxProfilerLimits = [
5975 // HTTP GET/HEAD requests.
5976 // Master queries should not happen on GET requests
5977 'GET' => [
5978 'masterConns' => 0,
5979 'writes' => 0,
5980 'readQueryTime' => 5
5981 ],
5982 // HTTP POST requests.
5983 // Master reads and writes will happen for a subset of these.
5984 'POST' => [
5985 'readQueryTime' => 5,
5986 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
5987 'maxAffected' => 1000
5988 ],
5989 'POST-nonwrite' => [
5990 'masterConns' => 0,
5991 'writes' => 0,
5992 'readQueryTime' => 5
5993 ],
5994 // Deferred updates that run after HTTP response is sent
5995 'PostSend' => [
5996 'readQueryTime' => 5,
5997 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
5998 'maxAffected' => 1000
5999 ],
6000 // Background job runner
6001 'JobRunner' => [
6002 'readQueryTime' => 30,
6003 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
6004 'maxAffected' => 1000
6005 ],
6006 // Command-line scripts
6007 'Maintenance' => [
6008 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
6009 'maxAffected' => 1000
6010 ]
6011 ];
6012
6013 /**
6014 * Map of string log group names to log destinations.
6015 *
6016 * If set, wfDebugLog() output for that group will go to that file instead
6017 * of the regular $wgDebugLogFile. Useful for enabling selective logging
6018 * in production.
6019 *
6020 * Log destinations may be one of the following:
6021 * - false to completely remove from the output, including from $wgDebugLogFile.
6022 * - string values specifying a filename or URI.
6023 * - associative array with keys:
6024 * - 'destination' desired filename or URI.
6025 * - 'sample' an integer value, specifying a sampling factor (optional)
6026 * - 'level' A \Psr\Log\LogLevel constant, indicating the minimum level
6027 * to log (optional, since 1.25)
6028 *
6029 * @par Example:
6030 * @code
6031 * $wgDebugLogGroups['redis'] = '/var/log/mediawiki/redis.log';
6032 * @endcode
6033 *
6034 * @par Advanced example:
6035 * @code
6036 * $wgDebugLogGroups['memcached'] = [
6037 * 'destination' => '/var/log/mediawiki/memcached.log',
6038 * 'sample' => 1000, // log 1 message out of every 1,000.
6039 * 'level' => \Psr\Log\LogLevel::WARNING
6040 * ];
6041 * @endcode
6042 */
6043 $wgDebugLogGroups = [];
6044
6045 /**
6046 * Default service provider for creating Psr\Log\LoggerInterface instances.
6047 *
6048 * The value should be an array suitable for use with
6049 * ObjectFactory::getObjectFromSpec(). The created object is expected to
6050 * implement the MediaWiki\Logger\Spi interface. See ObjectFactory for additional
6051 * details.
6052 *
6053 * Alternately the MediaWiki\Logger\LoggerFactory::registerProvider method can
6054 * be called to inject an MediaWiki\Logger\Spi instance into the LoggerFactory
6055 * and bypass the use of this configuration variable entirely.
6056 *
6057 * @par To completely disable logging:
6058 * @code
6059 * $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [ 'class' => '\\MediaWiki\\Logger\\NullSpi' ];
6060 * @endcode
6061 *
6062 * @since 1.25
6063 * @var array $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi
6064 * @see MwLogger
6065 */
6066 $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [
6067 'class' => '\\MediaWiki\\Logger\\LegacySpi',
6068 ];
6069
6070 /**
6071 * Display debug data at the bottom of the main content area.
6072 *
6073 * Useful for developers and technical users trying to working on a closed wiki.
6074 */
6075 $wgShowDebug = false;
6076
6077 /**
6078 * Prefix debug messages with relative timestamp. Very-poor man's profiler.
6079 * Since 1.19 also includes memory usage.
6080 */
6081 $wgDebugTimestamps = false;
6082
6083 /**
6084 * Print HTTP headers for every request in the debug information.
6085 */
6086 $wgDebugPrintHttpHeaders = true;
6087
6088 /**
6089 * Show the contents of $wgHooks in Special:Version
6090 */
6091 $wgSpecialVersionShowHooks = false;
6092
6093 /**
6094 * Whether to show "we're sorry, but there has been a database error" pages.
6095 * Displaying errors aids in debugging, but may display information useful
6096 * to an attacker.
6097 */
6098 $wgShowSQLErrors = false;
6099
6100 /**
6101 * If set to true, uncaught exceptions will print a complete stack trace
6102 * to output. This should only be used for debugging, as it may reveal
6103 * private information in function parameters due to PHP's backtrace
6104 * formatting.
6105 */
6106 $wgShowExceptionDetails = false;
6107
6108 /**
6109 * If true, show a backtrace for database errors
6110 *
6111 * @note This setting only applies when connection errors and query errors are
6112 * reported in the normal manner. $wgShowExceptionDetails applies in other cases,
6113 * including those in which an uncaught exception is thrown from within the
6114 * exception handler.
6115 */
6116 $wgShowDBErrorBacktrace = false;
6117
6118 /**
6119 * If true, send the exception backtrace to the error log
6120 */
6121 $wgLogExceptionBacktrace = true;
6122
6123 /**
6124 * Expose backend server host names through the API and various HTML comments
6125 */
6126 $wgShowHostnames = false;
6127
6128 /**
6129 * Override server hostname detection with a hardcoded value.
6130 * Should be a string, default false.
6131 * @since 1.20
6132 */
6133 $wgOverrideHostname = false;
6134
6135 /**
6136 * If set to true MediaWiki will throw notices for some possible error
6137 * conditions and for deprecated functions.
6138 */
6139 $wgDevelopmentWarnings = false;
6140
6141 /**
6142 * Release limitation to wfDeprecated warnings, if set to a release number
6143 * development warnings will not be generated for deprecations added in releases
6144 * after the limit.
6145 */
6146 $wgDeprecationReleaseLimit = false;
6147
6148 /**
6149 * Only record profiling info for pages that took longer than this
6150 * @deprecated since 1.25: set $wgProfiler['threshold'] instead.
6151 */
6152 $wgProfileLimit = 0.0;
6153
6154 /**
6155 * Don't put non-profiling info into log file
6156 *
6157 * @deprecated since 1.23, set the log file in
6158 * $wgDebugLogGroups['profileoutput'] instead.
6159 */
6160 $wgProfileOnly = false;
6161
6162 /**
6163 * Destination of statsd metrics.
6164 *
6165 * A host or host:port of a statsd server. Port defaults to 8125.
6166 *
6167 * If not set, statsd metrics will not be collected.
6168 *
6169 * @see wfLogProfilingData
6170 * @since 1.25
6171 */
6172 $wgStatsdServer = false;
6173
6174 /**
6175 * Prefix for metric names sent to $wgStatsdServer.
6176 *
6177 * @see MediaWikiServices::getStatsdDataFactory
6178 * @see BufferingStatsdDataFactory
6179 * @since 1.25
6180 */
6181 $wgStatsdMetricPrefix = 'MediaWiki';
6182
6183 /**
6184 * Sampling rate for statsd metrics as an associative array of patterns and rates.
6185 * Patterns are Unix shell patterns (e.g. 'MediaWiki.api.*').
6186 * Rates are sampling probabilities (e.g. 0.1 means 1 in 10 events are sampled).
6187 * @since 1.28
6188 */
6189 $wgStatsdSamplingRates = [];
6190
6191 /**
6192 * InfoAction retrieves a list of transclusion links (both to and from).
6193 * This number puts a limit on that query in the case of highly transcluded
6194 * templates.
6195 */
6196 $wgPageInfoTransclusionLimit = 50;
6197
6198 /**
6199 * Set this to an integer to only do synchronous site_stats updates
6200 * one every *this many* updates. The other requests go into pending
6201 * delta values in $wgMemc. Make sure that $wgMemc is a global cache.
6202 * If set to -1, updates *only* go to $wgMemc (useful for daemons).
6203 */
6204 $wgSiteStatsAsyncFactor = false;
6205
6206 /**
6207 * Parser test suite files to be run by parserTests.php when no specific
6208 * filename is passed to it.
6209 *
6210 * Extensions may add their own tests to this array, or site-local tests
6211 * may be added via LocalSettings.php
6212 *
6213 * Use full paths.
6214 */
6215 $wgParserTestFiles = [
6216 "$IP/tests/parser/parserTests.txt",
6217 "$IP/tests/parser/extraParserTests.txt"
6218 ];
6219
6220 /**
6221 * Allow running of javascript test suites via [[Special:JavaScriptTest]] (such as QUnit).
6222 */
6223 $wgEnableJavaScriptTest = false;
6224
6225 /**
6226 * Overwrite the caching key prefix with custom value.
6227 * @since 1.19
6228 */
6229 $wgCachePrefix = false;
6230
6231 /**
6232 * Display the new debugging toolbar. This also enables profiling on database
6233 * queries and other useful output.
6234 * Will be ignored if $wgUseFileCache or $wgUseSquid is enabled.
6235 *
6236 * @since 1.19
6237 */
6238 $wgDebugToolbar = false;
6239
6240 /** @} */ # end of profiling, testing and debugging }
6241
6242 /************************************************************************//**
6243 * @name Search
6244 * @{
6245 */
6246
6247 /**
6248 * Set this to true to disable the full text search feature.
6249 */
6250 $wgDisableTextSearch = false;
6251
6252 /**
6253 * Set to true to have nicer highlighted text in search results,
6254 * by default off due to execution overhead
6255 */
6256 $wgAdvancedSearchHighlighting = false;
6257
6258 /**
6259 * Regexp to match word boundaries, defaults for non-CJK languages
6260 * should be empty for CJK since the words are not separate
6261 */
6262 $wgSearchHighlightBoundaries = '[\p{Z}\p{P}\p{C}]';
6263
6264 /**
6265 * Template for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6266 *
6267 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6268 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6269 *
6270 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6271 *
6272 * @deprecated since 1.25 Use $wgOpenSearchTemplates['application/x-suggestions+json'] instead
6273 */
6274 $wgOpenSearchTemplate = false;
6275
6276 /**
6277 * Templates for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6278 *
6279 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6280 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6281 *
6282 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6283 */
6284 $wgOpenSearchTemplates = [
6285 'application/x-suggestions+json' => false,
6286 'application/x-suggestions+xml' => false,
6287 ];
6288
6289 /**
6290 * Enable OpenSearch suggestions requested by MediaWiki. Set this to
6291 * false if you've disabled scripts that use api?action=opensearch and
6292 * want reduce load caused by cached scripts still pulling suggestions.
6293 * It will let the API fallback by responding with an empty array.
6294 */
6295 $wgEnableOpenSearchSuggest = true;
6296
6297 /**
6298 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
6299 * OpenSearch call.
6300 */
6301 $wgOpenSearchDefaultLimit = 10;
6302
6303 /**
6304 * Minimum length of extract in <Description>. Actual extracts will last until the end of sentence.
6305 */
6306 $wgOpenSearchDescriptionLength = 100;
6307
6308 /**
6309 * Expiry time for search suggestion responses
6310 */
6311 $wgSearchSuggestCacheExpiry = 1200;
6312
6313 /**
6314 * If you've disabled search semi-permanently, this also disables updates to the
6315 * table. If you ever re-enable, be sure to rebuild the search table.
6316 */
6317 $wgDisableSearchUpdate = false;
6318
6319 /**
6320 * List of namespaces which are searched by default.
6321 *
6322 * @par Example:
6323 * @code
6324 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_MAIN] = true;
6325 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_PROJECT] = true;
6326 * @endcode
6327 */
6328 $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault = [
6329 NS_MAIN => true,
6330 ];
6331
6332 /**
6333 * Disable the internal MySQL-based search, to allow it to be
6334 * implemented by an extension instead.
6335 */
6336 $wgDisableInternalSearch = false;
6337
6338 /**
6339 * Set this to a URL to forward search requests to some external location.
6340 * If the URL includes '$1', this will be replaced with the URL-encoded
6341 * search term.
6342 *
6343 * @par Example:
6344 * To forward to Google you'd have something like:
6345 * @code
6346 * $wgSearchForwardUrl =
6347 * 'http://www.google.com/search?q=$1' .
6348 * '&domains=http://example.com' .
6349 * '&sitesearch=http://example.com' .
6350 * '&ie=utf-8&oe=utf-8';
6351 * @endcode
6352 */
6353 $wgSearchForwardUrl = null;
6354
6355 /**
6356 * Search form behavior.
6357 * - true = use Go & Search buttons
6358 * - false = use Go button & Advanced search link
6359 */
6360 $wgUseTwoButtonsSearchForm = true;
6361
6362 /**
6363 * Array of namespaces to generate a Google sitemap for when the
6364 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script is run, or false if one is to be
6365 * generated for all namespaces.
6366 */
6367 $wgSitemapNamespaces = false;
6368
6369 /**
6370 * Custom namespace priorities for sitemaps. Setting this will allow you to
6371 * set custom priorities to namespaces when sitemaps are generated using the
6372 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script.
6373 *
6374 * This should be a map of namespace IDs to priority
6375 * @par Example:
6376 * @code
6377 * $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = [
6378 * NS_USER => '0.9',
6379 * NS_HELP => '0.0',
6380 * ];
6381 * @endcode
6382 */
6383 $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = false;
6384
6385 /**
6386 * If true, searches for IP addresses will be redirected to that IP's
6387 * contributions page. E.g. searching for "1.2.3.4" will redirect to
6388 * [[Special:Contributions/1.2.3.4]]
6389 */
6390 $wgEnableSearchContributorsByIP = true;
6391
6392 /** @} */ # end of search settings
6393
6394 /************************************************************************//**
6395 * @name Edit user interface
6396 * @{
6397 */
6398
6399 /**
6400 * Path to the GNU diff3 utility. If the file doesn't exist, edit conflicts will
6401 * fall back to the old behavior (no merging).
6402 */
6403 $wgDiff3 = '/usr/bin/diff3';
6404
6405 /**
6406 * Path to the GNU diff utility.
6407 */
6408 $wgDiff = '/usr/bin/diff';
6409
6410 /**
6411 * Which namespaces have special treatment where they should be preview-on-open
6412 * Internally only Category: pages apply, but using this extensions (e.g. Semantic MediaWiki)
6413 * can specify namespaces of pages they have special treatment for
6414 */
6415 $wgPreviewOnOpenNamespaces = [
6416 NS_CATEGORY => true
6417 ];
6418
6419 /**
6420 * Enable the UniversalEditButton for browsers that support it
6421 * (currently only Firefox with an extension)
6422 * See http://universaleditbutton.org for more background information
6423 */
6424 $wgUniversalEditButton = true;
6425
6426 /**
6427 * If user doesn't specify any edit summary when making a an edit, MediaWiki
6428 * will try to automatically create one. This feature can be disabled by set-
6429 * ting this variable false.
6430 */
6431 $wgUseAutomaticEditSummaries = true;
6432
6433 /** @} */ # end edit UI }
6434
6435 /************************************************************************//**
6436 * @name Maintenance
6437 * See also $wgSiteNotice
6438 * @{
6439 */
6440
6441 /**
6442 * @cond file_level_code
6443 * Set $wgCommandLineMode if it's not set already, to avoid notices
6444 */
6445 if ( !isset( $wgCommandLineMode ) ) {
6446 $wgCommandLineMode = false;
6447 }
6448 /** @endcond */
6449
6450 /**
6451 * For colorized maintenance script output, is your terminal background dark ?
6452 */
6453 $wgCommandLineDarkBg = false;
6454
6455 /**
6456 * Set this to a string to put the wiki into read-only mode. The text will be
6457 * used as an explanation to users.
6458 *
6459 * This prevents most write operations via the web interface. Cache updates may
6460 * still be possible. To prevent database writes completely, use the read_only
6461 * option in MySQL.
6462 */
6463 $wgReadOnly = null;
6464
6465 /**
6466 * If this lock file exists (size > 0), the wiki will be forced into read-only mode.
6467 * Its contents will be shown to users as part of the read-only warning
6468 * message.
6469 *
6470 * Will default to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/lock_yBgMBwiR" in Setup.php
6471 */
6472 $wgReadOnlyFile = false;
6473
6474 /**
6475 * When you run the web-based upgrade utility, it will tell you what to set
6476 * this to in order to authorize the upgrade process. It will subsequently be
6477 * used as a password, to authorize further upgrades.
6478 *
6479 * For security, do not set this to a guessable string. Use the value supplied
6480 * by the install/upgrade process. To cause the upgrader to generate a new key,
6481 * delete the old key from LocalSettings.php.
6482 */
6483 $wgUpgradeKey = false;
6484
6485 /**
6486 * Fully specified path to git binary
6487 */
6488 $wgGitBin = '/usr/bin/git';
6489
6490 /**
6491 * Map GIT repository URLs to viewer URLs to provide links in Special:Version
6492 *
6493 * Key is a pattern passed to preg_match() and preg_replace(),
6494 * without the delimiters (which are #) and must match the whole URL.
6495 * The value is the replacement for the key (it can contain $1, etc.)
6496 * %h will be replaced by the short SHA-1 (7 first chars) and %H by the
6497 * full SHA-1 of the HEAD revision.
6498 * %r will be replaced with a URL-encoded version of $1.
6499 * %R will be replaced with $1 and no URL-encoding
6500 *
6501 * @since 1.20
6502 */
6503 $wgGitRepositoryViewers = [
6504 'https://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/(?:p/)?(.*)' =>
6505 'https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/r/revision/%R;%H',
6506 'ssh://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org:29418/(.*)' =>
6507 'https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/r/revision/%R;%H',
6508 ];
6509
6510 /** @} */ # End of maintenance }
6511
6512 /************************************************************************//**
6513 * @name Recent changes, new pages, watchlist and history
6514 * @{
6515 */
6516
6517 /**
6518 * Recentchanges items are periodically purged; entries older than this many
6519 * seconds will go.
6520 * Default: 90 days = about three months
6521 */
6522 $wgRCMaxAge = 90 * 24 * 3600;
6523
6524 /**
6525 * Page watchers inactive for more than this many seconds are considered inactive.
6526 * Used mainly by action=info. Default: 180 days = about six months.
6527 * @since 1.26
6528 */
6529 $wgWatchersMaxAge = 180 * 24 * 3600;
6530
6531 /**
6532 * If active watchers (per above) are this number or less, do not disclose it.
6533 * Left to 1, prevents unprivileged users from knowing for sure that there are 0.
6534 * Set to -1 if you want to always complement watchers count with this info.
6535 * @since 1.26
6536 */
6537 $wgUnwatchedPageSecret = 1;
6538
6539 /**
6540 * Filter $wgRCLinkDays by $wgRCMaxAge to avoid showing links for numbers
6541 * higher than what will be stored. Note that this is disabled by default
6542 * because we sometimes do have RC data which is beyond the limit for some
6543 * reason, and some users may use the high numbers to display that data which
6544 * is still there.
6545 */
6546 $wgRCFilterByAge = false;
6547
6548 /**
6549 * List of Limits options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6550 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6551 */
6552 $wgRCLinkLimits = [ 50, 100, 250, 500 ];
6553
6554 /**
6555 * List of Days options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6556 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6557 */
6558 $wgRCLinkDays = [ 1, 3, 7, 14, 30 ];
6559
6560 /**
6561 * Destinations to which notifications about recent changes
6562 * should be sent.
6563 *
6564 * As of MediaWiki 1.22, there are 2 supported 'engine' parameter option in core:
6565 * * 'UDPRCFeedEngine', which is used to send recent changes over UDP to the
6566 * specified server.
6567 * * 'RedisPubSubFeedEngine', which is used to send recent changes to Redis.
6568 *
6569 * The common options are:
6570 * * 'uri' -- the address to which the notices are to be sent.
6571 * * 'formatter' -- the class name (implementing RCFeedFormatter) which will
6572 * produce the text to send. This can also be an object of the class.
6573 * * 'omit_bots' -- whether the bot edits should be in the feed
6574 * * 'omit_anon' -- whether anonymous edits should be in the feed
6575 * * 'omit_user' -- whether edits by registered users should be in the feed
6576 * * 'omit_minor' -- whether minor edits should be in the feed
6577 * * 'omit_patrolled' -- whether patrolled edits should be in the feed
6578 *
6579 * The IRC-specific options are:
6580 * * 'add_interwiki_prefix' -- whether the titles should be prefixed with
6581 * the first entry in the $wgLocalInterwikis array (or the value of
6582 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if set)
6583 *
6584 * The JSON-specific options are:
6585 * * 'channel' -- if set, the 'channel' parameter is also set in JSON values.
6586 *
6587 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6588 * 'formatter' => 'JSONRCFeedFormatter',
6589 * 'uri' => "udp://localhost:1336",
6590 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6591 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6592 * ];
6593 * @example $wgRCFeeds['exampleirc'] = [
6594 * 'formatter' => 'IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter',
6595 * 'uri' => "udp://localhost:1338",
6596 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6597 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6598 * ];
6599 * @since 1.22
6600 */
6601 $wgRCFeeds = [];
6602
6603 /**
6604 * Used by RecentChange::getEngine to find the correct engine to use for a given URI scheme.
6605 * Keys are scheme names, values are names of engine classes.
6606 */
6607 $wgRCEngines = [
6608 'redis' => 'RedisPubSubFeedEngine',
6609 'udp' => 'UDPRCFeedEngine',
6610 ];
6611
6612 /**
6613 * Treat category membership changes as a RecentChange.
6614 * Changes are mentioned in RC for page actions as follows:
6615 * - creation: pages created with categories are mentioned
6616 * - edit: category additions/removals to existing pages are mentioned
6617 * - move: nothing is mentioned (unless templates used depend on the title)
6618 * - deletion: nothing is mentioned
6619 * - undeletion: nothing is mentioned
6620 *
6621 * @since 1.27
6622 */
6623 $wgRCWatchCategoryMembership = false;
6624
6625 /**
6626 * Use RC Patrolling to check for vandalism (from recent changes and watchlists)
6627 * New pages and new files are included.
6628 */
6629 $wgUseRCPatrol = true;
6630
6631 /**
6632 * Use new page patrolling to check new pages on Special:Newpages
6633 */
6634 $wgUseNPPatrol = true;
6635
6636 /**
6637 * Use file patrolling to check new files on Special:Newfiles
6638 *
6639 * @since 1.27
6640 */
6641 $wgUseFilePatrol = true;
6642
6643 /**
6644 * Log autopatrol actions to the log table
6645 */
6646 $wgLogAutopatrol = true;
6647
6648 /**
6649 * Provide syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for, e.g., Recentchanges, Newpages
6650 */
6651 $wgFeed = true;
6652
6653 /**
6654 * Set maximum number of results to return in syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for
6655 * eg Recentchanges, Newpages.
6656 */
6657 $wgFeedLimit = 50;
6658
6659 /**
6660 * _Minimum_ timeout for cached Recentchanges feed, in seconds.
6661 * A cached version will continue to be served out even if changes
6662 * are made, until this many seconds runs out since the last render.
6663 *
6664 * If set to 0, feed caching is disabled. Use this for debugging only;
6665 * feed generation can be pretty slow with diffs.
6666 */
6667 $wgFeedCacheTimeout = 60;
6668
6669 /**
6670 * When generating Recentchanges RSS/Atom feed, diffs will not be generated for
6671 * pages larger than this size.
6672 */
6673 $wgFeedDiffCutoff = 32768;
6674
6675 /**
6676 * Override the site's default RSS/ATOM feed for recentchanges that appears on
6677 * every page. Some sites might have a different feed they'd like to promote
6678 * instead of the RC feed (maybe like a "Recent New Articles" or "Breaking news" one).
6679 * Should be a format as key (either 'rss' or 'atom') and an URL to the feed
6680 * as value.
6681 * @par Example:
6682 * Configure the 'atom' feed to http://example.com/somefeed.xml
6683 * @code
6684 * $wgSiteFeed['atom'] = "http://example.com/somefeed.xml";
6685 * @endcode
6686 */
6687 $wgOverrideSiteFeed = [];
6688
6689 /**
6690 * Available feeds objects.
6691 * Should probably only be defined when a page is syndicated ie when
6692 * $wgOut->isSyndicated() is true.
6693 */
6694 $wgFeedClasses = [
6695 'rss' => 'RSSFeed',
6696 'atom' => 'AtomFeed',
6697 ];
6698
6699 /**
6700 * Which feed types should we provide by default? This can include 'rss',
6701 * 'atom', neither, or both.
6702 */
6703 $wgAdvertisedFeedTypes = [ 'atom' ];
6704
6705 /**
6706 * Show watching users in recent changes, watchlist and page history views
6707 */
6708 $wgRCShowWatchingUsers = false; # UPO
6709
6710 /**
6711 * Show the amount of changed characters in recent changes
6712 */
6713 $wgRCShowChangedSize = true;
6714
6715 /**
6716 * If the difference between the character counts of the text
6717 * before and after the edit is below that value, the value will be
6718 * highlighted on the RC page.
6719 */
6720 $wgRCChangedSizeThreshold = 500;
6721
6722 /**
6723 * Show "Updated (since my last visit)" marker in RC view, watchlist and history
6724 * view for watched pages with new changes
6725 */
6726 $wgShowUpdatedMarker = true;
6727
6728 /**
6729 * Disable links to talk pages of anonymous users (IPs) in listings on special
6730 * pages like page history, Special:Recentchanges, etc.
6731 */
6732 $wgDisableAnonTalk = false;
6733
6734 /**
6735 * Enable filtering of categories in Recentchanges
6736 */
6737 $wgAllowCategorizedRecentChanges = false;
6738
6739 /**
6740 * Allow filtering by change tag in recentchanges, history, etc
6741 * Has no effect if no tags are defined in valid_tag.
6742 */
6743 $wgUseTagFilter = true;
6744
6745 /**
6746 * If set to an integer, pages that are watched by this many users or more
6747 * will not require the unwatchedpages permission to view the number of
6748 * watchers.
6749 *
6750 * @since 1.21
6751 */
6752 $wgUnwatchedPageThreshold = false;
6753
6754 /**
6755 * Flags (letter symbols) shown in recent changes and watchlist to indicate
6756 * certain types of edits.
6757 *
6758 * To register a new one:
6759 * @code
6760 * $wgRecentChangesFlags['flag'] => [
6761 * // message for the letter displayed next to rows on changes lists
6762 * 'letter' => 'letter-msg',
6763 * // message for the tooltip of the letter
6764 * 'title' => 'tooltip-msg',
6765 * // optional (defaults to 'tooltip-msg'), message to use in the legend box
6766 * 'legend' => 'legend-msg',
6767 * // optional (defaults to 'flag'), CSS class to put on changes lists rows
6768 * 'class' => 'css-class',
6769 * // optional (defaults to 'any'), how top-level flag is determined. 'any'
6770 * // will set the top-level flag if any line contains the flag, 'all' will
6771 * // only be set if all lines contain the flag.
6772 * 'grouping' => 'any',
6773 * ];
6774 * @endcode
6775 *
6776 * @since 1.22
6777 */
6778 $wgRecentChangesFlags = [
6779 'newpage' => [
6780 'letter' => 'newpageletter',
6781 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-newpage',
6782 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-newpage',
6783 'grouping' => 'any',
6784 ],
6785 'minor' => [
6786 'letter' => 'minoreditletter',
6787 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-minor',
6788 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-minor',
6789 'class' => 'minoredit',
6790 'grouping' => 'all',
6791 ],
6792 'bot' => [
6793 'letter' => 'boteditletter',
6794 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-bot',
6795 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-bot',
6796 'class' => 'botedit',
6797 'grouping' => 'all',
6798 ],
6799 'unpatrolled' => [
6800 'letter' => 'unpatrolledletter',
6801 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-unpatrolled',
6802 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-unpatrolled',
6803 'grouping' => 'any',
6804 ],
6805 ];
6806
6807 /** @} */ # end RC/watchlist }
6808
6809 /************************************************************************//**
6810 * @name Copyright and credits settings
6811 * @{
6812 */
6813
6814 /**
6815 * Override for copyright metadata.
6816 *
6817 * This is the name of the page containing information about the wiki's copyright status,
6818 * which will be added as a link in the footer if it is specified. It overrides
6819 * $wgRightsUrl if both are specified.
6820 */
6821 $wgRightsPage = null;
6822
6823 /**
6824 * Set this to specify an external URL containing details about the content license used on your
6825 * wiki.
6826 * If $wgRightsPage is set then this setting is ignored.
6827 */
6828 $wgRightsUrl = null;
6829
6830 /**
6831 * If either $wgRightsUrl or $wgRightsPage is specified then this variable gives the text for the
6832 * link.
6833 * If using $wgRightsUrl then this value must be specified. If using $wgRightsPage then the name
6834 * of the page will also be used as the link if this variable is not set.
6835 */
6836 $wgRightsText = null;
6837
6838 /**
6839 * Override for copyright metadata.
6840 */
6841 $wgRightsIcon = null;
6842
6843 /**
6844 * Set this to true if you want detailed copyright information forms on Upload.
6845 */
6846 $wgUseCopyrightUpload = false;
6847
6848 /**
6849 * Set this to the number of authors that you want to be credited below an
6850 * article text. Set it to zero to hide the attribution block, and a negative
6851 * number (like -1) to show all authors. Note that this will require 2-3 extra
6852 * database hits, which can have a not insignificant impact on performance for
6853 * large wikis.
6854 */
6855 $wgMaxCredits = 0;
6856
6857 /**
6858 * If there are more than $wgMaxCredits authors, show $wgMaxCredits of them.
6859 * Otherwise, link to a separate credits page.
6860 */
6861 $wgShowCreditsIfMax = true;
6862
6863 /** @} */ # end of copyright and credits settings }
6864
6865 /************************************************************************//**
6866 * @name Import / Export
6867 * @{
6868 */
6869
6870 /**
6871 * List of interwiki prefixes for wikis we'll accept as sources for
6872 * Special:Import and API action=import. Since complete page history can be
6873 * imported, these should be 'trusted'.
6874 *
6875 * This can either be a regular array, or an associative map specifying
6876 * subprojects on the interwiki map of the target wiki, or a mix of the two,
6877 * e.g.
6878 * @code
6879 * $wgImportSources = [
6880 * 'wikipedia' => [ 'cs', 'en', 'fr', 'zh' ],
6881 * 'wikispecies',
6882 * 'wikia' => [ 'animanga', 'brickipedia', 'desserts' ],
6883 * ];
6884 * @endcode
6885 *
6886 * If you have a very complex import sources setup, you can lazy-load it using
6887 * the ImportSources hook.
6888 *
6889 * If a user has the 'import' permission but not the 'importupload' permission,
6890 * they will only be able to run imports through this transwiki interface.
6891 */
6892 $wgImportSources = [];
6893
6894 /**
6895 * Optional default target namespace for interwiki imports.
6896 * Can use this to create an incoming "transwiki"-style queue.
6897 * Set to numeric key, not the name.
6898 *
6899 * Users may override this in the Special:Import dialog.
6900 */
6901 $wgImportTargetNamespace = null;
6902
6903 /**
6904 * If set to false, disables the full-history option on Special:Export.
6905 * This is currently poorly optimized for long edit histories, so is
6906 * disabled on Wikimedia's sites.
6907 */
6908 $wgExportAllowHistory = true;
6909
6910 /**
6911 * If set nonzero, Special:Export requests for history of pages with
6912 * more revisions than this will be rejected. On some big sites things
6913 * could get bogged down by very very long pages.
6914 */
6915 $wgExportMaxHistory = 0;
6916
6917 /**
6918 * Return distinct author list (when not returning full history)
6919 */
6920 $wgExportAllowListContributors = false;
6921
6922 /**
6923 * If non-zero, Special:Export accepts a "pagelink-depth" parameter
6924 * up to this specified level, which will cause it to include all
6925 * pages linked to from the pages you specify. Since this number
6926 * can become *insanely large* and could easily break your wiki,
6927 * it's disabled by default for now.
6928 *
6929 * @warning There's a HARD CODED limit of 5 levels of recursion to prevent a
6930 * crazy-big export from being done by someone setting the depth number too
6931 * high. In other words, last resort safety net.
6932 */
6933 $wgExportMaxLinkDepth = 0;
6934
6935 /**
6936 * Whether to allow the "export all pages in namespace" option
6937 */
6938 $wgExportFromNamespaces = false;
6939
6940 /**
6941 * Whether to allow exporting the entire wiki into a single file
6942 */
6943 $wgExportAllowAll = false;
6944
6945 /**
6946 * Maximum number of pages returned by the GetPagesFromCategory and
6947 * GetPagesFromNamespace functions.
6948 *
6949 * @since 1.27
6950 */
6951 $wgExportPagelistLimit = 5000;
6952
6953 /** @} */ # end of import/export }
6954
6955 /*************************************************************************//**
6956 * @name Extensions
6957 * @{
6958 */
6959
6960 /**
6961 * A list of callback functions which are called once MediaWiki is fully
6962 * initialised
6963 */
6964 $wgExtensionFunctions = [];
6965
6966 /**
6967 * Extension messages files.
6968 *
6969 * Associative array mapping extension name to the filename where messages can be
6970 * found. The file should contain variable assignments. Any of the variables
6971 * present in languages/messages/MessagesEn.php may be defined, but $messages
6972 * is the most common.
6973 *
6974 * Variables defined in extensions will override conflicting variables defined
6975 * in the core.
6976 *
6977 * Since MediaWiki 1.23, use of this variable to define messages is discouraged; instead, store
6978 * messages in JSON format and use $wgMessagesDirs. For setting other variables than
6979 * $messages, $wgExtensionMessagesFiles should still be used. Use a DIFFERENT key because
6980 * any entry having a key that also exists in $wgMessagesDirs will be ignored.
6981 *
6982 * Extensions using the JSON message format can preserve backward compatibility with
6983 * earlier versions of MediaWiki by using a compatibility shim, such as one generated
6984 * by the generateJsonI18n.php maintenance script, listing it under the SAME key
6985 * as for the $wgMessagesDirs entry.
6986 *
6987 * @par Example:
6988 * @code
6989 * $wgExtensionMessagesFiles['ConfirmEdit'] = __DIR__.'/ConfirmEdit.i18n.php';
6990 * @endcode
6991 */
6992 $wgExtensionMessagesFiles = [];
6993
6994 /**
6995 * Extension messages directories.
6996 *
6997 * Associative array mapping extension name to the path of the directory where message files can
6998 * be found. The message files are expected to be JSON files named for their language code, e.g.
6999 * en.json, de.json, etc. Extensions with messages in multiple places may specify an array of
7000 * message directories.
7001 *
7002 * Message directories in core should be added to LocalisationCache::getMessagesDirs()
7003 *
7004 * @par Simple example:
7005 * @code
7006 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = __DIR__ . '/i18n';
7007 * @endcode
7008 *
7009 * @par Complex example:
7010 * @code
7011 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = [
7012 * __DIR__ . '/lib/ve/i18n',
7013 * __DIR__ . '/lib/oojs-ui/i18n',
7014 * __DIR__ . '/i18n',
7015 * ]
7016 * @endcode
7017 * @since 1.23
7018 */
7019 $wgMessagesDirs = [];
7020
7021 /**
7022 * Array of files with list(s) of extension entry points to be used in
7023 * maintenance/mergeMessageFileList.php
7024 * @since 1.22
7025 */
7026 $wgExtensionEntryPointListFiles = [];
7027
7028 /**
7029 * Parser output hooks.
7030 * This is an associative array where the key is an extension-defined tag
7031 * (typically the extension name), and the value is a PHP callback.
7032 * These will be called as an OutputPageParserOutput hook, if the relevant
7033 * tag has been registered with the parser output object.
7034 *
7035 * Registration is done with $pout->addOutputHook( $tag, $data ).
7036 *
7037 * The callback has the form:
7038 * @code
7039 * function outputHook( $outputPage, $parserOutput, $data ) { ... }
7040 * @endcode
7041 */
7042 $wgParserOutputHooks = [];
7043
7044 /**
7045 * Whether to include the NewPP limit report as a HTML comment
7046 */
7047 $wgEnableParserLimitReporting = true;
7048
7049 /**
7050 * List of valid skin names
7051 *
7052 * The key should be the name in all lower case, the value should be a properly
7053 * cased name for the skin. This value will be prefixed with "Skin" to create
7054 * the class name of the skin to load. Use Skin::getSkinNames() as an accessor
7055 * if you wish to have access to the full list.
7056 */
7057 $wgValidSkinNames = [];
7058
7059 /**
7060 * Special page list. This is an associative array mapping the (canonical) names of
7061 * special pages to either a class name to be instantiated, or a callback to use for
7062 * creating the special page object. In both cases, the result must be an instance of
7063 * SpecialPage.
7064 */
7065 $wgSpecialPages = [];
7066
7067 /**
7068 * Array mapping class names to filenames, for autoloading.
7069 */
7070 $wgAutoloadClasses = [];
7071
7072 /**
7073 * Switch controlling legacy case-insensitive classloading.
7074 * Do not disable if your wiki must support data created by PHP4, or by
7075 * MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier.
7076 */
7077 $wgAutoloadAttemptLowercase = true;
7078
7079 /**
7080 * An array of information about installed extensions keyed by their type.
7081 *
7082 * All but 'name', 'path' and 'author' can be omitted.
7083 *
7084 * @code
7085 * $wgExtensionCredits[$type][] = [
7086 * 'path' => __FILE__,
7087 * 'name' => 'Example extension',
7088 * 'namemsg' => 'exampleextension-name',
7089 * 'author' => [
7090 * 'Foo Barstein',
7091 * ],
7092 * 'version' => '1.9.0',
7093 * 'url' => 'http://example.org/example-extension/',
7094 * 'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',
7095 * 'license-name' => 'GPL-2.0+',
7096 * ];
7097 * @endcode
7098 *
7099 * The extensions are listed on Special:Version. This page also looks for a file
7100 * named COPYING or LICENSE (optional .txt extension) and provides a link to
7101 * view said file. When the 'license-name' key is specified, this file is
7102 * interpreted as wikitext.
7103 *
7104 * - $type: One of 'specialpage', 'parserhook', 'variable', 'media', 'antispam',
7105 * 'skin', 'api', or 'other', or any additional types as specified through the
7106 * ExtensionTypes hook as used in SpecialVersion::getExtensionTypes().
7107 *
7108 * - name: Name of extension as an inline string instead of localizable message.
7109 * Do not omit this even if 'namemsg' is provided, as it is used to override
7110 * the path Special:Version uses to find extension's license info, and is
7111 * required for backwards-compatibility with MediaWiki 1.23 and older.
7112 *
7113 * - namemsg (since MW 1.24): A message key for a message containing the
7114 * extension's name, if the name is localizable. (For example, skin names
7115 * usually are.)
7116 *
7117 * - author: A string or an array of strings. Authors can be linked using
7118 * the regular wikitext link syntax. To have an internationalized version of
7119 * "and others" show, add an element "...". This element can also be linked,
7120 * for instance "[http://example ...]".
7121 *
7122 * - descriptionmsg: A message key or an an array with message key and parameters:
7123 * `'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',`
7124 *
7125 * - description: Description of extension as an inline string instead of
7126 * localizable message (omit in favour of 'descriptionmsg').
7127 *
7128 * - license-name: Short name of the license (used as label for the link), such
7129 * as "GPL-2.0+" or "MIT" (https://spdx.org/licenses/ for a list of identifiers).
7130 */
7131 $wgExtensionCredits = [];
7132
7133 /**
7134 * Authentication plugin.
7135 * @var $wgAuth AuthPlugin
7136 * @deprecated since 1.27 use $wgAuthManagerConfig instead
7137 */
7138 $wgAuth = null;
7139
7140 /**
7141 * Global list of hooks.
7142 *
7143 * The key is one of the events made available by MediaWiki, you can find
7144 * a description for most of them in docs/hooks.txt. The array is used
7145 * internally by Hook:run().
7146 *
7147 * The value can be one of:
7148 *
7149 * - A function name:
7150 * @code
7151 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = $function;
7152 * @endcode
7153 * - A function with some data:
7154 * @code
7155 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $function, $data ];
7156 * @endcode
7157 * - A an object method:
7158 * @code
7159 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $object, 'method' ];
7160 * @endcode
7161 * - A closure:
7162 * @code
7163 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = function ( $hookParam ) {
7164 * // Handler code goes here.
7165 * };
7166 * @endcode
7167 *
7168 * @warning You should always append to an event array or you will end up
7169 * deleting a previous registered hook.
7170 *
7171 * @warning Hook handlers should be registered at file scope. Registering
7172 * handlers after file scope can lead to unexpected results due to caching.
7173 */
7174 $wgHooks = [];
7175
7176 /**
7177 * List of service wiring files to be loaded by the default instance of MediaWikiServices.
7178 * Each file listed here is expected to return an associative array mapping service names
7179 * to instantiator functions. Extensions may add wiring files to define their own services.
7180 * However, this cannot be used to replace existing services - use the MediaWikiServices
7181 * hook for that.
7182 *
7183 * @see MediaWikiServices
7184 * @see ServiceContainer::loadWiringFiles() for details on loading service instantiator functions.
7185 * @see docs/injection.txt for an overview of dependency injection in MediaWiki.
7186 */
7187 $wgServiceWiringFiles = [
7188 __DIR__ . '/ServiceWiring.php'
7189 ];
7190
7191 /**
7192 * Maps jobs to their handling classes; extensions
7193 * can add to this to provide custom jobs
7194 */
7195 $wgJobClasses = [
7196 'refreshLinks' => 'RefreshLinksJob',
7197 'deleteLinks' => 'DeleteLinksJob',
7198 'htmlCacheUpdate' => 'HTMLCacheUpdateJob',
7199 'sendMail' => 'EmaillingJob',
7200 'enotifNotify' => 'EnotifNotifyJob',
7201 'fixDoubleRedirect' => 'DoubleRedirectJob',
7202 'AssembleUploadChunks' => 'AssembleUploadChunksJob',
7203 'PublishStashedFile' => 'PublishStashedFileJob',
7204 'ThumbnailRender' => 'ThumbnailRenderJob',
7205 'recentChangesUpdate' => 'RecentChangesUpdateJob',
7206 'refreshLinksPrioritized' => 'RefreshLinksJob',
7207 'refreshLinksDynamic' => 'RefreshLinksJob',
7208 'activityUpdateJob' => 'ActivityUpdateJob',
7209 'categoryMembershipChange' => 'CategoryMembershipChangeJob',
7210 'cdnPurge' => 'CdnPurgeJob',
7211 'enqueue' => 'EnqueueJob', // local queue for multi-DC setups
7212 'null' => 'NullJob'
7213 ];
7214
7215 /**
7216 * Jobs that must be explicitly requested, i.e. aren't run by job runners unless
7217 * special flags are set. The values here are keys of $wgJobClasses.
7218 *
7219 * These can be:
7220 * - Very long-running jobs.
7221 * - Jobs that you would never want to run as part of a page rendering request.
7222 * - Jobs that you want to run on specialized machines ( like transcoding, or a particular
7223 * machine on your cluster has 'outside' web access you could restrict uploadFromUrl )
7224 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7225 */
7226 $wgJobTypesExcludedFromDefaultQueue = [ 'AssembleUploadChunks', 'PublishStashedFile' ];
7227
7228 /**
7229 * Map of job types to how many job "work items" should be run per second
7230 * on each job runner process. The meaning of "work items" varies per job,
7231 * but typically would be something like "pages to update". A single job
7232 * may have a variable number of work items, as is the case with batch jobs.
7233 * This is used by runJobs.php and not jobs run via $wgJobRunRate.
7234 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7235 * @var float[]
7236 */
7237 $wgJobBackoffThrottling = [];
7238
7239 /**
7240 * Make job runners commit changes for replica DB-lag prone jobs one job at a time.
7241 * This is useful if there are many job workers that race on replica DB lag checks.
7242 * If set, jobs taking this many seconds of DB write time have serialized commits.
7243 *
7244 * Note that affected jobs may have worse lock contention. Also, if they affect
7245 * several DBs at once they may have a smaller chance of being atomic due to the
7246 * possibility of connection loss while queueing up to commit. Affected jobs may
7247 * also fail due to the commit lock acquisition timeout.
7248 *
7249 * @var float|bool
7250 * @since 1.26
7251 */
7252 $wgJobSerialCommitThreshold = false;
7253
7254 /**
7255 * Map of job types to configuration arrays.
7256 * This determines which queue class and storage system is used for each job type.
7257 * Job types that do not have explicit configuration will use the 'default' config.
7258 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7259 */
7260 $wgJobTypeConf = [
7261 'default' => [ 'class' => 'JobQueueDB', 'order' => 'random', 'claimTTL' => 3600 ],
7262 ];
7263
7264 /**
7265 * Which aggregator to use for tracking which queues have jobs.
7266 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7267 */
7268 $wgJobQueueAggregator = [
7269 'class' => 'JobQueueAggregatorNull'
7270 ];
7271
7272 /**
7273 * Additional functions to be performed with updateSpecialPages.
7274 * Expensive Querypages are already updated.
7275 */
7276 $wgSpecialPageCacheUpdates = [
7277 'Statistics' => [ 'SiteStatsUpdate', 'cacheUpdate' ]
7278 ];
7279
7280 /**
7281 * Hooks that are used for outputting exceptions. Format is:
7282 * $wgExceptionHooks[] = $funcname
7283 * or:
7284 * $wgExceptionHooks[] = [ $class, $funcname ]
7285 * Hooks should return strings or false
7286 */
7287 $wgExceptionHooks = [];
7288
7289 /**
7290 * Page property link table invalidation lists. When a page property
7291 * changes, this may require other link tables to be updated (eg
7292 * adding __HIDDENCAT__ means the hiddencat tracking category will
7293 * have been added, so the categorylinks table needs to be rebuilt).
7294 * This array can be added to by extensions.
7295 */
7296 $wgPagePropLinkInvalidations = [
7297 'hiddencat' => 'categorylinks',
7298 ];
7299
7300 /** @} */ # End extensions }
7301
7302 /*************************************************************************//**
7303 * @name Categories
7304 * @{
7305 */
7306
7307 /**
7308 * Use experimental, DMOZ-like category browser
7309 */
7310 $wgUseCategoryBrowser = false;
7311
7312 /**
7313 * On category pages, show thumbnail gallery for images belonging to that
7314 * category instead of listing them as articles.
7315 */
7316 $wgCategoryMagicGallery = true;
7317
7318 /**
7319 * Paging limit for categories
7320 */
7321 $wgCategoryPagingLimit = 200;
7322
7323 /**
7324 * Specify how category names should be sorted, when listed on a category page.
7325 * A sorting scheme is also known as a collation.
7326 *
7327 * Available values are:
7328 *
7329 * - uppercase: Converts the category name to upper case, and sorts by that.
7330 *
7331 * - identity: Does no conversion. Sorts by binary value of the string.
7332 *
7333 * - uca-default: Provides access to the Unicode Collation Algorithm with
7334 * the default element table. This is a compromise collation which sorts
7335 * all languages in a mediocre way. However, it is better than "uppercase".
7336 *
7337 * To use the uca-default collation, you must have PHP's intl extension
7338 * installed. See http://php.net/manual/en/intl.setup.php . The details of the
7339 * resulting collation will depend on the version of ICU installed on the
7340 * server.
7341 *
7342 * After you change this, you must run maintenance/updateCollation.php to fix
7343 * the sort keys in the database.
7344 *
7345 * Extensions can define there own collations by subclassing Collation
7346 * and using the Collation::factory hook.
7347 */
7348 $wgCategoryCollation = 'uppercase';
7349
7350 /** @} */ # End categories }
7351
7352 /*************************************************************************//**
7353 * @name Logging
7354 * @{
7355 */
7356
7357 /**
7358 * The logging system has two levels: an event type, which describes the
7359 * general category and can be viewed as a named subset of all logs; and
7360 * an action, which is a specific kind of event that can exist in that
7361 * log type.
7362 */
7363 $wgLogTypes = [
7364 '',
7365 'block',
7366 'protect',
7367 'rights',
7368 'delete',
7369 'upload',
7370 'move',
7371 'import',
7372 'patrol',
7373 'merge',
7374 'suppress',
7375 'tag',
7376 'managetags',
7377 'contentmodel',
7378 ];
7379
7380 /**
7381 * This restricts log access to those who have a certain right
7382 * Users without this will not see it in the option menu and can not view it
7383 * Restricted logs are not added to recent changes
7384 * Logs should remain non-transcludable
7385 * Format: logtype => permissiontype
7386 */
7387 $wgLogRestrictions = [
7388 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog'
7389 ];
7390
7391 /**
7392 * Show/hide links on Special:Log will be shown for these log types.
7393 *
7394 * This is associative array of log type => boolean "hide by default"
7395 *
7396 * See $wgLogTypes for a list of available log types.
7397 *
7398 * @par Example:
7399 * @code
7400 * $wgFilterLogTypes = [ 'move' => true, 'import' => false ];
7401 * @endcode
7402 *
7403 * Will display show/hide links for the move and import logs. Move logs will be
7404 * hidden by default unless the link is clicked. Import logs will be shown by
7405 * default, and hidden when the link is clicked.
7406 *
7407 * A message of the form log-show-hide-[type] should be added, and will be used
7408 * for the link text.
7409 */
7410 $wgFilterLogTypes = [
7411 'patrol' => true,
7412 'tag' => true,
7413 ];
7414
7415 /**
7416 * Lists the message key string for each log type. The localized messages
7417 * will be listed in the user interface.
7418 *
7419 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7420 *
7421 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-name-TYPE,
7422 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7423 */
7424 $wgLogNames = [
7425 '' => 'all-logs-page',
7426 'block' => 'blocklogpage',
7427 'protect' => 'protectlogpage',
7428 'rights' => 'rightslog',
7429 'delete' => 'dellogpage',
7430 'upload' => 'uploadlogpage',
7431 'move' => 'movelogpage',
7432 'import' => 'importlogpage',
7433 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-page',
7434 'merge' => 'mergelog',
7435 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog',
7436 ];
7437
7438 /**
7439 * Lists the message key string for descriptive text to be shown at the
7440 * top of each log type.
7441 *
7442 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7443 *
7444 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-description-TYPE,
7445 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7446 */
7447 $wgLogHeaders = [
7448 '' => 'alllogstext',
7449 'block' => 'blocklogtext',
7450 'delete' => 'dellogpagetext',
7451 'import' => 'importlogpagetext',
7452 'merge' => 'mergelogpagetext',
7453 'move' => 'movelogpagetext',
7454 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-header',
7455 'protect' => 'protectlogtext',
7456 'rights' => 'rightslogtext',
7457 'suppress' => 'suppressionlogtext',
7458 'upload' => 'uploadlogpagetext',
7459 ];
7460
7461 /**
7462 * Lists the message key string for formatting individual events of each
7463 * type and action when listed in the logs.
7464 *
7465 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7466 */
7467 $wgLogActions = [];
7468
7469 /**
7470 * The same as above, but here values are names of classes,
7471 * not messages.
7472 * @see LogPage::actionText
7473 * @see LogFormatter
7474 */
7475 $wgLogActionsHandlers = [
7476 'block/block' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7477 'block/reblock' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7478 'block/unblock' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7479 'contentmodel/change' => 'ContentModelLogFormatter',
7480 'contentmodel/new' => 'ContentModelLogFormatter',
7481 'delete/delete' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7482 'delete/event' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7483 'delete/restore' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7484 'delete/revision' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7485 'import/interwiki' => 'ImportLogFormatter',
7486 'import/upload' => 'ImportLogFormatter',
7487 'managetags/activate' => 'LogFormatter',
7488 'managetags/create' => 'LogFormatter',
7489 'managetags/deactivate' => 'LogFormatter',
7490 'managetags/delete' => 'LogFormatter',
7491 'merge/merge' => 'MergeLogFormatter',
7492 'move/move' => 'MoveLogFormatter',
7493 'move/move_redir' => 'MoveLogFormatter',
7494 'patrol/patrol' => 'PatrolLogFormatter',
7495 'patrol/autopatrol' => 'PatrolLogFormatter',
7496 'protect/modify' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7497 'protect/move_prot' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7498 'protect/protect' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7499 'protect/unprotect' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7500 'rights/autopromote' => 'RightsLogFormatter',
7501 'rights/rights' => 'RightsLogFormatter',
7502 'suppress/block' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7503 'suppress/delete' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7504 'suppress/event' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7505 'suppress/reblock' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7506 'suppress/revision' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7507 'tag/update' => 'TagLogFormatter',
7508 'upload/overwrite' => 'UploadLogFormatter',
7509 'upload/revert' => 'UploadLogFormatter',
7510 'upload/upload' => 'UploadLogFormatter',
7511 ];
7512
7513 /**
7514 * List of log types that can be filtered by action types
7515 *
7516 * To each action is associated the list of log_action
7517 * subtypes to search for, usually one, but not necessarily so
7518 * Extensions may append to this array
7519 * @since 1.27
7520 */
7521 $wgActionFilteredLogs = [
7522 'block' => [
7523 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7524 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7525 'unblock' => [ 'unblock' ],
7526 ],
7527 'contentmodel' => [
7528 'change' => [ 'change' ],
7529 'new' => [ 'new' ],
7530 ],
7531 'delete' => [
7532 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7533 'restore' => [ 'restore' ],
7534 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7535 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7536 ],
7537 'import' => [
7538 'interwiki' => [ 'interwiki' ],
7539 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7540 ],
7541 'managetags' => [
7542 'create' => [ 'create' ],
7543 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7544 'activate' => [ 'activate' ],
7545 'deactivate' => [ 'deactivate' ],
7546 ],
7547 'move' => [
7548 'move' => [ 'move' ],
7549 'move_redir' => [ 'move_redir' ],
7550 ],
7551 'newusers' => [
7552 'create' => [ 'create', 'newusers' ],
7553 'create2' => [ 'create2' ],
7554 'autocreate' => [ 'autocreate' ],
7555 'byemail' => [ 'byemail' ],
7556 ],
7557 'patrol' => [
7558 'patrol' => [ 'patrol' ],
7559 'autopatrol' => [ 'autopatrol' ],
7560 ],
7561 'protect' => [
7562 'protect' => [ 'protect' ],
7563 'modify' => [ 'modify' ],
7564 'unprotect' => [ 'unprotect' ],
7565 'move_prot' => [ 'move_prot' ],
7566 ],
7567 'rights' => [
7568 'rights' => [ 'rights' ],
7569 'autopromote' => [ 'autopromote' ],
7570 ],
7571 'suppress' => [
7572 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7573 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7574 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7575 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7576 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7577 ],
7578 'upload' => [
7579 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7580 'overwrite' => [ 'overwrite' ],
7581 ],
7582 ];
7583
7584 /**
7585 * Maintain a log of newusers at Log/newusers?
7586 */
7587 $wgNewUserLog = true;
7588
7589 /** @} */ # end logging }
7590
7591 /*************************************************************************//**
7592 * @name Special pages (general and miscellaneous)
7593 * @{
7594 */
7595
7596 /**
7597 * Allow special page inclusions such as {{Special:Allpages}}
7598 */
7599 $wgAllowSpecialInclusion = true;
7600
7601 /**
7602 * Set this to an array of special page names to prevent
7603 * maintenance/updateSpecialPages.php from updating those pages.
7604 */
7605 $wgDisableQueryPageUpdate = false;
7606
7607 /**
7608 * On Special:Unusedimages, consider images "used", if they are put
7609 * into a category. Default (false) is not to count those as used.
7610 */
7611 $wgCountCategorizedImagesAsUsed = false;
7612
7613 /**
7614 * Maximum number of links to a redirect page listed on
7615 * Special:Whatlinkshere/RedirectDestination
7616 */
7617 $wgMaxRedirectLinksRetrieved = 500;
7618
7619 /** @} */ # end special pages }
7620
7621 /*************************************************************************//**
7622 * @name Actions
7623 * @{
7624 */
7625
7626 /**
7627 * Array of allowed values for the "title=foo&action=<action>" parameter. Syntax is:
7628 * 'foo' => 'ClassName' Load the specified class which subclasses Action
7629 * 'foo' => true Load the class FooAction which subclasses Action
7630 * If something is specified in the getActionOverrides()
7631 * of the relevant Page object it will be used
7632 * instead of the default class.
7633 * 'foo' => false The action is disabled; show an error message
7634 * Unsetting core actions will probably cause things to complain loudly.
7635 */
7636 $wgActions = [
7637 'credits' => true,
7638 'delete' => true,
7639 'edit' => true,
7640 'editchangetags' => 'SpecialPageAction',
7641 'history' => true,
7642 'info' => true,
7643 'markpatrolled' => true,
7644 'protect' => true,
7645 'purge' => true,
7646 'raw' => true,
7647 'render' => true,
7648 'revert' => true,
7649 'revisiondelete' => 'SpecialPageAction',
7650 'rollback' => true,
7651 'submit' => true,
7652 'unprotect' => true,
7653 'unwatch' => true,
7654 'view' => true,
7655 'watch' => true,
7656 ];
7657
7658 /** @} */ # end actions }
7659
7660 /*************************************************************************//**
7661 * @name Robot (search engine crawler) policy
7662 * See also $wgNoFollowLinks.
7663 * @{
7664 */
7665
7666 /**
7667 * Default robot policy. The default policy is to encourage indexing and fol-
7668 * lowing of links. It may be overridden on a per-namespace and/or per-page
7669 * basis.
7670 */
7671 $wgDefaultRobotPolicy = 'index,follow';
7672
7673 /**
7674 * Robot policies per namespaces. The default policy is given above, the array
7675 * is made of namespace constants as defined in includes/Defines.php. You can-
7676 * not specify a different default policy for NS_SPECIAL: it is always noindex,
7677 * nofollow. This is because a number of special pages (e.g., ListPages) have
7678 * many permutations of options that display the same data under redundant
7679 * URLs, so search engine spiders risk getting lost in a maze of twisty special
7680 * pages, all alike, and never reaching your actual content.
7681 *
7682 * @par Example:
7683 * @code
7684 * $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [ NS_TALK => 'noindex' ];
7685 * @endcode
7686 */
7687 $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [];
7688
7689 /**
7690 * Robot policies per article. These override the per-namespace robot policies.
7691 * Must be in the form of an array where the key part is a properly canonicalised
7692 * text form title and the value is a robot policy.
7693 *
7694 * @par Example:
7695 * @code
7696 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
7697 * 'Main Page' => 'noindex,follow',
7698 * 'User:Bob' => 'index,follow',
7699 * ];
7700 * @endcode
7701 *
7702 * @par Example that DOES NOT WORK because the names are not canonical text
7703 * forms:
7704 * @code
7705 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
7706 * # Underscore, not space!
7707 * 'Main_Page' => 'noindex,follow',
7708 * # "Project", not the actual project name!
7709 * 'Project:X' => 'index,follow',
7710 * # Needs to be "Abc", not "abc" (unless $wgCapitalLinks is false for that namespace)!
7711 * 'abc' => 'noindex,nofollow'
7712 * ];
7713 * @endcode
7714 */
7715 $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [];
7716
7717 /**
7718 * An array of namespace keys in which the __INDEX__/__NOINDEX__ magic words
7719 * will not function, so users can't decide whether pages in that namespace are
7720 * indexed by search engines. If set to null, default to $wgContentNamespaces.
7721 *
7722 * @par Example:
7723 * @code
7724 * $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = [ NS_MAIN, NS_TALK, NS_PROJECT ];
7725 * @endcode
7726 */
7727 $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = null;
7728
7729 /** @} */ # End robot policy }
7730
7731 /************************************************************************//**
7732 * @name AJAX and API
7733 * Note: The AJAX entry point which this section refers to is gradually being
7734 * replaced by the API entry point, api.php. They are essentially equivalent.
7735 * Both of them are used for dynamic client-side features, via XHR.
7736 * @{
7737 */
7738
7739 /**
7740 * Enable the MediaWiki API for convenient access to
7741 * machine-readable data via api.php
7742 *
7743 * See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/API
7744 */
7745 $wgEnableAPI = true;
7746
7747 /**
7748 * Allow the API to be used to perform write operations
7749 * (page edits, rollback, etc.) when an authorised user
7750 * accesses it
7751 */
7752 $wgEnableWriteAPI = true;
7753
7754 /**
7755 *
7756 * WARNING: SECURITY THREAT - debug use only
7757 *
7758 * Disables many security checks in the API for debugging purposes.
7759 * This flag should never be used on the production servers, as it introduces
7760 * a number of potential security holes. Even when enabled, the validation
7761 * will still be performed, but instead of failing, API will return a warning.
7762 * Also, there will always be a warning notifying that this flag is set.
7763 * At this point, the flag allows GET requests to go through for modules
7764 * requiring POST.
7765 *
7766 * @since 1.21
7767 */
7768 $wgDebugAPI = false;
7769
7770 /**
7771 * API module extensions.
7772 *
7773 * Associative array mapping module name to modules specs;
7774 * Each module spec is an associative array containing at least
7775 * the 'class' key for the module's class, and optionally a
7776 * 'factory' key for the factory function to use for the module.
7777 *
7778 * That factory function will be called with two parameters,
7779 * the parent module (an instance of ApiBase, usually ApiMain)
7780 * and the name the module was registered under. The return
7781 * value must be an instance of the class given in the 'class'
7782 * field.
7783 *
7784 * For backward compatibility, the module spec may also be a
7785 * simple string containing the module's class name. In that
7786 * case, the class' constructor will be called with the parent
7787 * module and module name as parameters, as described above.
7788 *
7789 * Examples for registering API modules:
7790 *
7791 * @code
7792 * $wgAPIModules['foo'] = 'ApiFoo';
7793 * $wgAPIModules['bar'] = [
7794 * 'class' => 'ApiBar',
7795 * 'factory' => function( $main, $name ) { ... }
7796 * ];
7797 * $wgAPIModules['xyzzy'] = [
7798 * 'class' => 'ApiXyzzy',
7799 * 'factory' => [ 'XyzzyFactory', 'newApiModule' ]
7800 * ];
7801 * @endcode
7802 *
7803 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7804 * See ApiMain::$Modules for a list of the core modules.
7805 */
7806 $wgAPIModules = [];
7807
7808 /**
7809 * API format module extensions.
7810 * Associative array mapping format module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
7811 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7812 *
7813 * See ApiMain::$Formats for a list of the core format modules.
7814 */
7815 $wgAPIFormatModules = [];
7816
7817 /**
7818 * API Query meta module extensions.
7819 * Associative array mapping meta module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
7820 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7821 *
7822 * See ApiQuery::$QueryMetaModules for a list of the core meta modules.
7823 */
7824 $wgAPIMetaModules = [];
7825
7826 /**
7827 * API Query prop module extensions.
7828 * Associative array mapping prop module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
7829 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7830 *
7831 * See ApiQuery::$QueryPropModules for a list of the core prop modules.
7832 */
7833 $wgAPIPropModules = [];
7834
7835 /**
7836 * API Query list module extensions.
7837 * Associative array mapping list module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
7838 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7839 *
7840 * See ApiQuery::$QueryListModules for a list of the core list modules.
7841 */
7842 $wgAPIListModules = [];
7843
7844 /**
7845 * Maximum amount of rows to scan in a DB query in the API
7846 * The default value is generally fine
7847 */
7848 $wgAPIMaxDBRows = 5000;
7849
7850 /**
7851 * The maximum size (in bytes) of an API result.
7852 * @warning Do not set this lower than $wgMaxArticleSize*1024
7853 */
7854 $wgAPIMaxResultSize = 8388608;
7855
7856 /**
7857 * The maximum number of uncached diffs that can be retrieved in one API
7858 * request. Set this to 0 to disable API diffs altogether
7859 */
7860 $wgAPIMaxUncachedDiffs = 1;
7861
7862 /**
7863 * Maximum amount of DB lag on a majority of DB replica DBs to tolerate
7864 * before forcing bots to retry any write requests via API errors.
7865 * This should be lower than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf.
7866 */
7867 $wgAPIMaxLagThreshold = 7;
7868
7869 /**
7870 * Log file or URL (TCP or UDP) to log API requests to, or false to disable
7871 * API request logging
7872 */
7873 $wgAPIRequestLog = false;
7874
7875 /**
7876 * Set the timeout for the API help text cache. If set to 0, caching disabled
7877 */
7878 $wgAPICacheHelpTimeout = 60 * 60;
7879
7880 /**
7881 * The ApiQueryQueryPages module should skip pages that are redundant to true
7882 * API queries.
7883 */
7884 $wgAPIUselessQueryPages = [
7885 'MIMEsearch', // aiprop=mime
7886 'LinkSearch', // list=exturlusage
7887 'FileDuplicateSearch', // prop=duplicatefiles
7888 ];
7889
7890 /**
7891 * Enable AJAX framework
7892 */
7893 $wgUseAjax = true;
7894
7895 /**
7896 * List of Ajax-callable functions.
7897 * Extensions acting as Ajax callbacks must register here
7898 * @deprecated (officially) since 1.27; use the API instead
7899 */
7900 $wgAjaxExportList = [];
7901
7902 /**
7903 * Enable AJAX check for file overwrite, pre-upload
7904 */
7905 $wgAjaxUploadDestCheck = true;
7906
7907 /**
7908 * Enable previewing licences via AJAX. Also requires $wgEnableAPI to be true.
7909 */
7910 $wgAjaxLicensePreview = true;
7911
7912 /**
7913 * Have clients send edits to be prepared when filling in edit summaries.
7914 * This gives the server a head start on the expensive parsing operation.
7915 */
7916 $wgAjaxEditStash = true;
7917
7918 /**
7919 * Settings for incoming cross-site AJAX requests:
7920 * Newer browsers support cross-site AJAX when the target resource allows requests
7921 * from the origin domain by the Access-Control-Allow-Origin header.
7922 * This is currently only used by the API (requests to api.php)
7923 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains can be set using a wildcard syntax:
7924 *
7925 * - '*' matches any number of characters
7926 * - '?' matches any 1 character
7927 *
7928 * @par Example:
7929 * @code
7930 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [
7931 * 'www.mediawiki.org',
7932 * '*.wikipedia.org',
7933 * '*.wikimedia.org',
7934 * '*.wiktionary.org',
7935 * ];
7936 * @endcode
7937 */
7938 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [];
7939
7940 /**
7941 * Domains that should not be allowed to make AJAX requests,
7942 * even if they match one of the domains allowed by $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
7943 * Uses the same syntax as $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
7944 */
7945 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomainExceptions = [];
7946
7947 /** @} */ # End AJAX and API }
7948
7949 /************************************************************************//**
7950 * @name Shell and process control
7951 * @{
7952 */
7953
7954 /**
7955 * Maximum amount of virtual memory available to shell processes under linux, in KB.
7956 */
7957 $wgMaxShellMemory = 307200;
7958
7959 /**
7960 * Maximum file size created by shell processes under linux, in KB
7961 * ImageMagick convert for example can be fairly hungry for scratch space
7962 */
7963 $wgMaxShellFileSize = 102400;
7964
7965 /**
7966 * Maximum CPU time in seconds for shell processes under Linux
7967 */
7968 $wgMaxShellTime = 180;
7969
7970 /**
7971 * Maximum wall clock time (i.e. real time, of the kind the clock on the wall
7972 * would measure) in seconds for shell processes under Linux
7973 */
7974 $wgMaxShellWallClockTime = 180;
7975
7976 /**
7977 * Under Linux: a cgroup directory used to constrain memory usage of shell
7978 * commands. The directory must be writable by the user which runs MediaWiki.
7979 *
7980 * If specified, this is used instead of ulimit, which is inaccurate, and
7981 * causes malloc() to return NULL, which exposes bugs in C applications, making
7982 * them segfault or deadlock.
7983 *
7984 * A wrapper script will create a cgroup for each shell command that runs, as
7985 * a subgroup of the specified cgroup. If the memory limit is exceeded, the
7986 * kernel will send a SIGKILL signal to a process in the subgroup.
7987 *
7988 * @par Example:
7989 * @code
7990 * mkdir -p /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki
7991 * mkdir -m 0777 /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job
7992 * echo '$wgShellCgroup = "/sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job";' >> LocalSettings.php
7993 * @endcode
7994 *
7995 * The reliability of cgroup cleanup can be improved by installing a
7996 * notify_on_release script in the root cgroup, see e.g.
7997 * https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/#/c/40784
7998 */
7999 $wgShellCgroup = false;
8000
8001 /**
8002 * Executable path of the PHP cli binary (php/php5). Should be set up on install.
8003 */
8004 $wgPhpCli = '/usr/bin/php';
8005
8006 /**
8007 * Locale for LC_CTYPE, to work around http://bugs.php.net/bug.php?id=45132
8008 * For Unix-like operating systems, set this to to a locale that has a UTF-8
8009 * character set. Only the character set is relevant.
8010 */
8011 $wgShellLocale = 'en_US.utf8';
8012
8013 /** @} */ # End shell }
8014
8015 /************************************************************************//**
8016 * @name HTTP client
8017 * @{
8018 */
8019
8020 /**
8021 * Timeout for HTTP requests done internally, in seconds.
8022 */
8023 $wgHTTPTimeout = 25;
8024
8025 /**
8026 * Timeout for Asynchronous (background) HTTP requests, in seconds.
8027 */
8028 $wgAsyncHTTPTimeout = 25;
8029
8030 /**
8031 * Proxy to use for CURL requests.
8032 */
8033 $wgHTTPProxy = false;
8034
8035 /**
8036 * Local virtual hosts.
8037 *
8038 * This lists domains that are configured as virtual hosts on the same machine.
8039 * If a request is to be made to a domain listed here, or any subdomain thereof,
8040 * then no proxy will be used.
8041 * Command-line scripts are not affected by this setting and will always use
8042 * proxy if it is configured.
8043 * @since 1.25
8044 */
8045 $wgLocalVirtualHosts = [];
8046
8047 /**
8048 * Timeout for connections done internally (in seconds)
8049 * Only works for curl
8050 */
8051 $wgHTTPConnectTimeout = 5e0;
8052
8053 /** @} */ # End HTTP client }
8054
8055 /************************************************************************//**
8056 * @name Job queue
8057 * @{
8058 */
8059
8060 /**
8061 * Number of jobs to perform per request. May be less than one in which case
8062 * jobs are performed probabalistically. If this is zero, jobs will not be done
8063 * during ordinary apache requests. In this case, maintenance/runJobs.php should
8064 * be run periodically.
8065 */
8066 $wgJobRunRate = 1;
8067
8068 /**
8069 * When $wgJobRunRate > 0, try to run jobs asynchronously, spawning a new process
8070 * to handle the job execution, instead of blocking the request until the job
8071 * execution finishes.
8072 *
8073 * @since 1.23
8074 */
8075 $wgRunJobsAsync = (
8076 !function_exists( 'register_postsend_function' ) &&
8077 !function_exists( 'fastcgi_finish_request' )
8078 );
8079
8080 /**
8081 * Number of rows to update per job
8082 */
8083 $wgUpdateRowsPerJob = 300;
8084
8085 /**
8086 * Number of rows to update per query
8087 */
8088 $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery = 100;
8089
8090 /** @} */ # End job queue }
8091
8092 /************************************************************************//**
8093 * @name Miscellaneous
8094 * @{
8095 */
8096
8097 /**
8098 * Name of the external diff engine to use. Supported values:
8099 * * string: path to an external diff executable
8100 * * false: wikidiff2 PHP/HHVM module if installed, otherwise the default PHP implementation
8101 * * 'wikidiff', 'wikidiff2', and 'wikidiff3' are treated as false for backwards compatibility
8102 */
8103 $wgExternalDiffEngine = false;
8104
8105 /**
8106 * Disable redirects to special pages and interwiki redirects, which use a 302
8107 * and have no "redirected from" link.
8108 *
8109 * @note This is only for articles with #REDIRECT in them. URL's containing a
8110 * local interwiki prefix (or a non-canonical special page name) are still hard
8111 * redirected regardless of this setting.
8112 */
8113 $wgDisableHardRedirects = false;
8114
8115 /**
8116 * LinkHolderArray batch size
8117 * For debugging
8118 */
8119 $wgLinkHolderBatchSize = 1000;
8120
8121 /**
8122 * By default MediaWiki does not register links pointing to same server in
8123 * externallinks dataset, use this value to override:
8124 */
8125 $wgRegisterInternalExternals = false;
8126
8127 /**
8128 * Maximum number of pages to move at once when moving subpages with a page.
8129 */
8130 $wgMaximumMovedPages = 100;
8131
8132 /**
8133 * Fix double redirects after a page move.
8134 * Tends to conflict with page move vandalism, use only on a private wiki.
8135 */
8136 $wgFixDoubleRedirects = false;
8137
8138 /**
8139 * Allow redirection to another page when a user logs in.
8140 * To enable, set to a string like 'Main Page'
8141 */
8142 $wgRedirectOnLogin = null;
8143
8144 /**
8145 * Configuration for processing pool control, for use in high-traffic wikis.
8146 * An implementation is provided in the PoolCounter extension.
8147 *
8148 * This configuration array maps pool types to an associative array. The only
8149 * defined key in the associative array is "class", which gives the class name.
8150 * The remaining elements are passed through to the class as constructor
8151 * parameters.
8152 *
8153 * @par Example:
8154 * @code
8155 * $wgPoolCounterConf = [ 'ArticleView' => [
8156 * 'class' => 'PoolCounter_Client',
8157 * 'timeout' => 15, // wait timeout in seconds
8158 * 'workers' => 5, // maximum number of active threads in each pool
8159 * 'maxqueue' => 50, // maximum number of total threads in each pool
8160 * ... any extension-specific options...
8161 * ];
8162 * @endcode
8163 */
8164 $wgPoolCounterConf = null;
8165
8166 /**
8167 * To disable file delete/restore temporarily
8168 */
8169 $wgUploadMaintenance = false;
8170
8171 /**
8172 * Associative array mapping namespace IDs to the name of the content model pages in that namespace
8173 * should have by default (use the CONTENT_MODEL_XXX constants). If no special content type is
8174 * defined for a given namespace, pages in that namespace will use the CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT
8175 * (except for the special case of JS and CS pages).
8176 *
8177 * @since 1.21
8178 */
8179 $wgNamespaceContentModels = [];
8180
8181 /**
8182 * How to react if a plain text version of a non-text Content object is requested using
8183 * ContentHandler::getContentText():
8184 *
8185 * * 'ignore': return null
8186 * * 'fail': throw an MWException
8187 * * 'serialize': serialize to default format
8188 *
8189 * @since 1.21
8190 */
8191 $wgContentHandlerTextFallback = 'ignore';
8192
8193 /**
8194 * Set to false to disable use of the database fields introduced by the ContentHandler facility.
8195 * This way, the ContentHandler facility can be used without any additional information in the
8196 * database. A page's content model is then derived solely from the page's title. This however
8197 * means that changing a page's default model (e.g. using $wgNamespaceContentModels) will break
8198 * the page and/or make the content inaccessible. This also means that pages can not be moved to
8199 * a title that would default to a different content model.
8200 *
8201 * Overall, with $wgContentHandlerUseDB = false, no database updates are needed, but content
8202 * handling is less robust and less flexible.
8203 *
8204 * @since 1.21
8205 */
8206 $wgContentHandlerUseDB = true;
8207
8208 /**
8209 * Determines which types of text are parsed as wikitext. This does not imply that these kinds
8210 * of texts are also rendered as wikitext, it only means that links, magic words, etc will have
8211 * the effect on the database they would have on a wikitext page.
8212 *
8213 * @todo On the long run, it would be nice to put categories etc into a separate structure,
8214 * or at least parse only the contents of comments in the scripts.
8215 *
8216 * @since 1.21
8217 */
8218 $wgTextModelsToParse = [
8219 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT, // Just for completeness, wikitext will always be parsed.
8220 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8221 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8222 ];
8223
8224 /**
8225 * Register handlers for specific types of sites.
8226 *
8227 * @since 1.20
8228 */
8229 $wgSiteTypes = [
8230 'mediawiki' => 'MediaWikiSite',
8231 ];
8232
8233 /**
8234 * Whether the page_props table has a pp_sortkey column. Set to false in case
8235 * the respective database schema change was not applied.
8236 * @since 1.23
8237 */
8238 $wgPagePropsHaveSortkey = true;
8239
8240 /**
8241 * Port where you have HTTPS running
8242 * Supports HTTPS on non-standard ports
8243 * @see bug 65184
8244 * @since 1.24
8245 */
8246 $wgHttpsPort = 443;
8247
8248 /**
8249 * Secret for session storage.
8250 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8251 * be used.
8252 * @since 1.27
8253 */
8254 $wgSessionSecret = false;
8255
8256 /**
8257 * If for some reason you can't install the PHP OpenSSL or mcrypt extensions,
8258 * you can set this to true to make MediaWiki work again at the cost of storing
8259 * sensitive session data insecurely. But it would be much more secure to just
8260 * install the OpenSSL extension.
8261 * @since 1.27
8262 */
8263 $wgSessionInsecureSecrets = false;
8264
8265 /**
8266 * Secret for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8267 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8268 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8269 * be used.
8270 * See also: $wgHKDFAlgorithm
8271 * @since 1.24
8272 */
8273 $wgHKDFSecret = false;
8274
8275 /**
8276 * Algorithm for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8277 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8278 * See also: $wgHKDFSecret
8279 * @since 1.24
8280 */
8281 $wgHKDFAlgorithm = 'sha256';
8282
8283 /**
8284 * Enable page language feature
8285 * Allows setting page language in database
8286 * @var bool
8287 * @since 1.24
8288 */
8289 $wgPageLanguageUseDB = false;
8290
8291 /**
8292 * Global configuration variable for Virtual REST Services.
8293 *
8294 * Use the 'path' key to define automatically mounted services. The value for this
8295 * key is a map of path prefixes to service configuration. The latter is an array of:
8296 * - class : the fully qualified class name
8297 * - options : map of arguments to the class constructor
8298 * Such services will be available to handle queries under their path from the VRS
8299 * singleton, e.g. MediaWikiServices::getInstance()->getVirtualRESTServiceClient();
8300 *
8301 * Auto-mounting example for Parsoid:
8302 *
8303 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['paths']['/parsoid/'] = [
8304 * 'class' => 'ParsoidVirtualRESTService',
8305 * 'options' => [
8306 * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
8307 * 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
8308 * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org'
8309 * ]
8310 * ];
8311 *
8312 * Parameters for different services can also be declared inside the 'modules' value,
8313 * which is to be treated as an associative array. The parameters in 'global' will be
8314 * merged with service-specific ones. The result will then be passed to
8315 * VirtualRESTService::__construct() in the module.
8316 *
8317 * Example config for Parsoid:
8318 *
8319 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['modules']['parsoid'] = [
8320 * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
8321 * 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
8322 * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org',
8323 * ];
8324 *
8325 * @var array
8326 * @since 1.25
8327 */
8328 $wgVirtualRestConfig = [
8329 'paths' => [],
8330 'modules' => [],
8331 'global' => [
8332 # Timeout in seconds
8333 'timeout' => 360,
8334 # 'domain' is set to $wgCanonicalServer in Setup.php
8335 'forwardCookies' => false,
8336 'HTTPProxy' => null
8337 ]
8338 ];
8339
8340 /**
8341 * Controls whether zero-result search queries with suggestions should display results for
8342 * these suggestions.
8343 *
8344 * @var bool
8345 * @since 1.26
8346 */
8347 $wgSearchRunSuggestedQuery = true;
8348
8349 /**
8350 * Where popular password file is located.
8351 *
8352 * Default in core contains 50,000 most popular. This config
8353 * allows you to change which file, in case you want to generate
8354 * a password file with > 50000 entries in it.
8355 *
8356 * @see maintenance/createCommonPasswordCdb.php
8357 * @since 1.27
8358 * @var string path to file
8359 */
8360 $wgPopularPasswordFile = __DIR__ . '/../serialized/commonpasswords.cdb';
8361
8362 /*
8363 * Max time (in seconds) a user-generated transaction can spend in writes.
8364 * If exceeded, the transaction is rolled back with an error instead of being committed.
8365 *
8366 * @var int|bool Disabled if false
8367 * @since 1.27
8368 */
8369 $wgMaxUserDBWriteDuration = false;
8370
8371 /**
8372 * Mapping of event channels (or channel categories) to EventRelayer configuration.
8373 *
8374 * By setting up a PubSub system (like Kafka) and enabling a corresponding EventRelayer class
8375 * that uses it, MediaWiki can broadcast events to all subscribers. Certain features like WAN
8376 * cache purging and CDN cache purging will emit events to this system. Appropriate listers can
8377 * subscribe to the channel and take actions based on the events. For example, a local daemon
8378 * can run on each CDN cache node and perfom local purges based on the URL purge channel events.
8379 *
8380 * Some extensions may want to use "channel categories" so that different channels can also share
8381 * the same custom relayer instance (e.g. when it's likely to be overriden). They can use
8382 * EventRelayerGroup::getRelayer() based on the category but call notify() on various different
8383 * actual channels. One reason for this would be that some system have very different performance
8384 * vs durability needs, so one system (e.g. Kafka) may not be suitable for all uses.
8385 *
8386 * The 'default' key is for all channels (or channel categories) without an explicit entry here.
8387 *
8388 * @since 1.27
8389 */
8390 $wgEventRelayerConfig = [
8391 'default' => [
8392 'class' => 'EventRelayerNull',
8393 ]
8394 ];
8395
8396 /**
8397 * Share data about this installation with MediaWiki developers
8398 *
8399 * When set to true, MediaWiki will periodically ping https://www.mediawiki.org/ with basic
8400 * data about this MediaWiki instance. This data includes, for example, the type of system,
8401 * PHP version, and chosen database backend. The Wikimedia Foundation shares this data with
8402 * MediaWiki developers to help guide future development efforts.
8403 *
8404 * For details about what data is sent, see: https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:$wgPingback
8405 *
8406 * @var bool
8407 * @since 1.28
8408 */
8409 $wgPingback = false;
8410
8411 /**
8412 * List of urls which appear often to be triggering CSP reports
8413 * but do not appear to be caused by actual content, but by client
8414 * software inserting scripts (i.e. Ad-Ware).
8415 * List based on results from Wikimedia logs.
8416 *
8417 * @since 1.28
8418 */
8419 $wgCSPFalsePositiveUrls = [
8420 'https://3hub.co' => true,
8421 'https://morepro.info' => true,
8422 'https://p.ato.mx' => true,
8423 'https://s.ato.mx' => true,
8424 'https://adserver.adtech.de' => true,
8425 'https://ums.adtechus.com' => true,
8426 'https://cas.criteo.com' => true,
8427 'https://cat.nl.eu.criteo.com' => true,
8428 'https://atpixel.alephd.com' => true,
8429 'https://rtb.metrigo.com' => true,
8430 'https://d5p.de17a.com' => true,
8431 ];
8432
8433 /**
8434 * For really cool vim folding this needs to be at the end:
8435 * vim: foldmarker=@{,@} foldmethod=marker
8436 * @}
8437 */